Family 9080+02 IBM Power E870C Enterprise server Model MME

IBM Asia Pacific Sales Manual
Revised:  September 25, 2018.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Technical description
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Features
TOC Link Description TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
9080-MME 2016/09/192016/09/29 - -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

Business climates are changing, and organizations must provide an infrastructure that can quickly adapt to those changes. In order to succeed, organizations need to work smarter and faster with greater agility and flexibility. The promise of cloud computing enables clients to do just that. Cloud computing, in its many forms (public, private, or hybrid) is quickly becoming both the delivery and consumption models for IT. However, getting the right mix between traditional IT, private cloud, and public cloud can be a challenge.

This Power E870C server with OpenStack-based cloud management and open source automation enables clients to accelerate the transformation of their IT infrastructure for cloud while providing tremendous flexibility during the transition. In addition, the Power E870C server is designed to provide clients with increased security, high availability, rapid scalability, simplified maintenance, and management, all while enabling business growth and enabling clients to dramatically reduce costs. The Power E870C systems management capability speeds up and simplifies cloud deployment by providing fast and automated VM deployments, prebuilt image templates, and self- service capabilities all with an intuitive and user-friendly interface.

The Power E870C enterprise server is designed to provide the highest levels of reliability, availability, flexibility, and performance in order to bring you a world-class enterprise private and hybrid cloud infrastructure. Through enterprise-class security, efficient built-in virtualization that drives industry-leading workload density, and dynamic resource allocation and management, the server is designed to consistently deliver the highest levels of service across hundreds of virtual workloads on a single system.

The Power E870C server includes the cloud management software, and services to assist with clients' move to the cloud, both private and hybrid. Those additional capabilities include the following:

Private Cloud Management

IBM Cloud PowerVC Manager (OpenStack-based cloud management)

Managing a private cloud requires software tools to help create a virtualized pool of compute resources, provide a self-service portal for end users, and policies for resource allocation, control, security, and metering data for resource billing. Management tools for private clouds tend to be service driven, as opposed to resource driven, because cloud environments are typically highly virtualized and organized in terms of portable workloads.

The OpenStack-based IBM Cloud PowerVC Manager provides the self- service cloud portal for IBM Power Systems. This self-service portal enables users to quickly request cloud resources and reliably deploy virtual machines with approval policies to maintain control over provisioning of cloud resources.

Cloud-based HMC Apps as a Service IBM intends to release a new HMC Apps as a Service offering that is planned to provide clients the capability to aggregate Power Systems performance and inventory data from across their enterprise, removing the burden of manual collection and aggregation of system information. IBM intends to host these IBM developed applications in a secure cloud and intends to provide health state, geo tagging, and threshold alerts that can be accessed through a secure portal from clients' mobile devices. IBM intends to entitle clients who purchase a new Power E870C server to this new service offering for no additional charge and without having to install any new software or infrastructure. The performance and inventory applications are initially planned to be offered in a technology preview in 2016 and with general availability planned for 2017.

Open source cloud automation and configuration tooling for AIX

IBM has expanded its commitment to keep key open source cloud management packages updated and to provide timely security fixes in order to enable clients to leverage open source skills. Power E870C server clients are well positioned to take advantage of key packages recently provided to enable cloud automation, including:

  • chef automation for configuration, deployment, and management. IBM is collaborating along with clients in this community to provide useful resources for using chef with AIX systems.
  • yum package management is now available, with repository access from both ftp and https protocols. rpm is also updated to enable automatic dependency discovery.
  • cloud-init and all dependencies are now available in the repository and includes support for licensed AIX users. For more information, go to the AIX Toolbox for Linux Applications website.

Hybrid cloud support

Hybrid cloud is quickly becoming the de facto state of IT. Two-thirds of organizations that blend traditional and cloud infrastructure together are already gaining advantage from their hybrid cloud. A hybrid cloud model enables the building and deploying of applications quickly with optimized utilization of resources and the lowering of costs. In addition, being able to centrally manage private, public, or dedicated cloud resources with a single management tool while securely connecting traditional workloads with cloud-native apps enables clients to respond to their dynamically changing business priorities in a more agile and timely fashion.

In order to assist with a client's move to a hybrid cloud infrastructure, the Power E870C server includes the following:

Hybrid infrastructure management tools

Power Systems OpenStack-based PowerVC management upwardly integrates into a variety of third-party hybrid cloud orchestration products, including IBM Cloud Orchestrator, VMware vRealize, and others. Clients can simply manage both their private cloud VMs and their public cloud VMs from a single, integrated management tool.

Securely connect system of record workloads and data to cloud native applications

IBM's API Connect and IBM WebSphere Connect provide secure connectivity to cloud-based applications, giving clients the ability to rapidly develop new applications and services accelerating their time to value. IBM's Power to Cloud services can help clients get started with these solutions and in designing new applications leveraging IBM's Bluemix, which enables clients' to rapidly build, deploy, and manage their cloud applications, while tapping a growing ecosystem of available services and runtime frameworks.

IBM Cloud Starter Pack

To help clients get started with their hybrid cloud infrastructure, the Power E870C offering includes entitlement to one year of an POWER8 Linux bare metal system in the IBM Cloud (SoftLayer).

Flexible capacity on demand

With the purchase of a new Power E870C server, clients now have the ability to convert previously purchased capacity (Mobile Processor activations and Elastic COD Processor Days) to SoftLayer capacity.

Power to Cloud Services

To assist clients with their move to the cloud, IBM is bundling 10,000 points of on-site cloud deployment services with every Power E870C system purchase. For those clients looking to create their own private cloud, expert services are available for cloud provisioning and automation with IBM Cloud PowerVC Manager with heavy focus on crating and supporting a DevOps cloud implementation.

For those clients looking for a hybrid cloud solution, Design for Hybrid Cloud Workshop services are available to provide instruction on how to produce best-of-breed applications using API Connect and Bluemix with Power Systems.

To learn more about all the cloud capabilities that comes with the Power E870C server, go to the Power Hardware Enterprise Cloud website.

Power E870C provides the POWER8 hardware components

  • System with processor, memory, and base I/O, delivers:
    • Up to 64 POWER8 processor cores
    • Up to 16 TB of 1600 MHz, 4Gb DDR4 DRAM memory
    • Eight PCIe G3 x16 I/O expansion slots per system node enclosure, a maximum of 16 per system
  • System control unit, providing redundant system master clock and redundant system master Flexible Service Processor (FSP) and support for the Op Panel, the system VPD, and the base DVD
  • Nineteen-inch PCIe Gen3 4U I/O expansion drawer and PCIe Fan-Out modules, supporting a maximum of 96 PCIe Gen3 slots
  • PCIe Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3 adapter cards supported in both the system node and I/O expansion drawer
  • EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays;
  • Dynamic logical partition (LPAR) support for adjusting workload placement of processor and memory resources
  • Active Memory Expansion that is optimized onto the processor chip
  • And Power Enterprise Pools, supporting unsurpassed enterprise flexibility for workload balancing and system maintenance

Model abstract 9080-MME

The IBM 9080 Model MME is a Power E870C with an IBM POWER8 system node that uses 8-core symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) processor chip with 512 KB of L2 and 8 MB of L3 cache per core, DDR3 or DDR4 CDIMM memory, dual memory controllers, and an industry-standard Gen3 PCIe I/O bus designed to use 32 lanes organized in two sets of x16. The two primary system building blocks are one system control unit and one or more system nodes. Additional I/O support is provided with a 19-inch PCIe Gen3 I/O expansion drawer and an EXP24S SFF Gen2 expansion drawer. The processors, memory, and base I/O are packaged within the system nodes. The system nodes are rack based.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

The IBM Power E870C server provides a rich, flexible environment for cloud (private and hybrid) and traditional IT. The offering includes:

  • Private cloud management
    • IBM Cloud PowerVC Manager (OpenStack-based)
    • Cloud-based HMC Apps as a Service
    • Open source cloud automation and configuration tooling
  • Hybrid cloud infrastructure management tools
  • The ability to securely connect system of record workloads and data to cloud native applications
  • IBM Cloud Starter Pack, with entitlement to IBM Cloud (IBM SoftLayer)
  • Flexible Power capacity on demand (CoD) resource conversion to SoftLayer capacity
  • Funded services to assist private and hybrid cloud implementation

The Power E870C server provides the IBM POWER8 underlying hardware components:

  • Scalable server
    • Up to 64 POWER8 processor cores
    • Up to 16 TB memory
    • Up to 16 PCIe Gen3 x16 slots in system nodes
    • Up to 96 PCIe Gen3 slots with expansion drawers
    • Up to over 3,000 directly attached SAS disks or solid-state drives (SSDs)
  • System control unit, providing redundant system master clock and redundant system service processor
  • CoD processor and memory options
  • Power Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) for more cost-effective Linux clouds
  • Dynamic logical partition (LPAR) support for adjusting workload placement of processor and memory resources
  • Power Enterprise Pools, supporting unsurpassed enterprise flexibility for workload balancing and system

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

The Power E870C offering provides a rich set of capabilities for both cloud and traditional IT. Many of its cloud aspects are ordered outside of the 9080-MME hardware machine type. The following information focuses on just the 9080-MME.

The Power E870C server is a scale, SMP system that delivers its exceptional performance, scalability, reliability, availability, and serviceability with great virtualization capability for larger cloud environments. The E870C server uses modular building blocks called system nodes . The E870C can have one or two system nodes. Its related server, the E880C, can have one, two, three, or four system nodes.

Summary of features

The following features are available on the Power E870C server:

  • One or two 5U system nodes
  • One 2U system control unit
  • Only 12U for a system with two system nodes
  • One or two processor features per system with four single-chip modules (SCMs) per feature:
    • 4.024 GHz, (4 x 0/8W) 32-core POWER8 processor (#EPBA)
  • CoD processor core activation features available on a per-core basis
    • Static, mobile-enabled (static), mobile, Power IFL
    • Activation feature varies by processor feature
  • 32 CDIMM slots per system node
  • DDR3/DDR4 1600 MHz CDIMM memory cards:
    • 64 GB (4 x 16 GB), (#EM8J DDR3)
    • 128 GB (4 x 32 GB), (#EM8K DDR3)
    • 256 GB (4 x 64 GB), (#EM8L DDR3)
    • 512 GB (4 x 128 GB), (#EM8M DDR3)
    • 1024 GB (4 x 256GB), (#EM8Y DDR4)
  • CoD memory activation features include:
    • 1 GB (static) Memory Activation (#EMA5)
    • 100 GB (static) Memory Activations (#EMA6)
    • 100 GB Mobile Memory Activations (#EMA7)
    • 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations (#EMA9)
    • 512 GB Memory Activations for IFL (#EMB8)
    • Plus activations for a few specific bundle scenarios
  • Active Memory Expansion, optimized onto the processor chip (#EM82)
  • Eight PCIe Gen3 x16 I/O low-profile expansion slots per system node (maximum 16 in a 2-node system)
  • One optional DVD in system control unit enclosure (defaulted in e-config, with an option to de-select)
  • Redundant hot-swap AC power supplies in each system node drawer
  • Two Hardware Management Console (HMC) ports in the system control unit
  • Optional PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer with PCIe Gen3 slots:
    • Zero to four drawers per system node drawer (#EMX0)
    • Each Gen3 I/O drawer holds one or two 6-slot PCIe3 Fan-out Modules (#EMXF)
    • Each fan-out module attaches to the system node through a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07)
  • Dynamic LPAR support and processor and memory capacity upgrade on demand (CUoD)
  • PowerVM Virtualization included at no additional charge:
    • Micro-Partitioning
    • Dynamic LPAR
    • Shared processor pools
    • Shared storage pools
    • Live Partition Mobility
    • Active Memory Sharing
    • Active Memory Deduplication
    • NPIV support
    • PowerVP Performance Monitor
  • Optional PowerHA for AIX and IBM i

System nodes

Each 5 EIA or 5U system node of the system has four air-cooled SCMs optimized for performance and scalability. The E870C SCMs have eight POWER8 cores running at up to 4.024 GHz and simultaneous multithreading executing up to eight threads per core. Each SCM has dual memory controllers to support up to 128 GB off-chip eDRAM L4 cache to deliver up to 230 GBps of sustained memory bandwidth or 920 GBps per node. Up to 410GBps of peak memory bandwidth from the L4 cache to memory DIMMs is provided per SCM or up to 1640 GBps per node. Using dual PCIe Gen3 I/O controllers, which are also integrated onto each SCM to further reduce latency, up to 256 GBps I/O bandwidth is available per node. Thus a Power E870C system bandwidth can help deliver over twice the performance per core of competitors, enabling applications to run faster and be more responsive.

Each system node has 32 CDIMM slots and can support up to 8 TB of DDR4 memory. Thus a two-node server can have up to 16 TB of memory. Each system node has eight PCIe slots that are all x16, low profile. Thus a two-node server can have up to 16 PCIe slots. PCIe Gen3 expansion units can optionally expand the number of PCIe slots on the server.

A system node is ordered using a processor feature. Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical SCMs in one system node. All processor features in the system must be identical. Cable features are required to connect system node drawers to the system control unit and to other system nodes.

  • For a one-system node configuration, feature ECCA is required.
  • For a two-system node configuration, features ECCA and ECCB are required.

Processor core activations

Each Power E870C system requires a minimum of just eight permanent processor core activations using either static activations or Power IFL activations. This minimum is per system, not per node. The rest of the cores can be permanently or temporarily activated or remain inactive (dark) until needed. The activations are not specific to hardware cores or SCMs or nodes. They are known to the system as a total number of activations of different types and used or assigned by the Power hypervisor appropriately.

A variety of activations fit different usage and pricing options. Static activations are permanent and support any type of application environment on this server. Mobile activations are ordered against a specific server, but can be moved to any server within the Power Enterprise Pool and can support any type of application. Mobile-enabled activations are technically static, but can be converted to mobile at no charge when logistically or administratively eligible. Power IFL activations can only run Linux workloads. Temporary activations are used for CoD: Elastic, Utility, and Trial options.

32-core (#EPBA)
----------------------------------------
1-core static activation (#EPBQ)
1-core mobile activation (#EP2S)
1-core mobile-enabled activation (#EPBN)
4-core Power IFL package (#ELJG)

System control unit

The 2U system control unit provides redundant system master clocks and redundant system master service processors (MSPs). Additionally, it contains the Operator Panel, the System VPD, and optionally a DVD. One system control unit is required for each server. A unique feature number is not used to order the system control unit. One is shipped with each E870C server. Two service processors (FSPs) in the system control unit are ordered using two EU0A features. All system nodes connect to the system control unit using the cable features ECCA and ECCB.

The system control unit is powered from the system nodes. UPIC cables provide redundant power to the system control unit. Two UPIC cables attach to system node 1 and two UPIC cables attach to system node 2. They are ordered with features ECCA and ECCB. Just one UPIC cord is enough to power the system control unit and the rest are in place for redundancy.

If the optional DVD feature EU13 is ordered, use the 1.6 meter USB cable (#EBK4) to attach to a PCIe USB adapter located either in the system node or a PCIe Gen3 expansion unit. The DVD is a SATA DVD, but a USB-to-SATA converter is included in the EU13 feature.

Memory

IBM-custom DIMMs (CDIMMs) are extremely high-performance, high-reliability, high-function memory cards that contain L4 cache, intelligence, and 1600MHz DRAM memory. Both DDR3 and DDR4 technology is employed and both provide the same 1600MHz performance. CDIMMs are placed in CDIMM slots in the system node.

Each system node has 32 memory CDIMM slots, and at least half of the memory slots are always physically filled. Eight CDIMM slots are local to each of the four SCMs in the server, but SCMs and their cores have access to all the other memory in the server. At least half of the eight memory slots for each SCM must physically be filled. When filling the other four memory slots in the SCM, a quantity of four CDIMMs must be used. Thus the CDIMM slots are either 50% or 100% filled. The system node (four SCMs) CDIMM slots can have 16, 20, 24, 28, or 32 CDIMMs physically installed (quad plugging rules).

To assist with the quad plugging rules above, four CDIMMs are ordered using one memory feature. Select from 64 GB feature EM8J (4x16 DDR3), 128 GB feature EM8K (4x32 DDR3), 256 GB feature EM8L (4x64 DDR3), 512 GB feature EM8M (4x128 DDR3), or 1024 GB feature EM8Y (4x256 DDR4).

All CDIMMs must be identical on the same SCM, so if you are using eight CDIMMs, both memory features on an SCM must be identical. A different SCM in the same system node can use a different memory feature. For example, one system node could technically use 64GB, 128GB, 256GB, and 512GB memory features. Note that DDR3 and DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same system node. With firmware 840, DDR3 and DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same multinode system.

To provide more flexible pricing, memory activations are ordered separately from the physical memory and can be permanent or temporary. Activation features can be used on either DDR3 or DDR4 memory features and used on any size memory feature. Activations are not specific to a CDIMM, but are known as a total quantity to the server. The Power hypervisor determines what physical memory to use. Memory activation features are:

  • 1 GB Memory Activation (#EMA5) (static)
  • 100 GB Memory Activations (#EMA6) (static)
  • 100 GB Mobile Memory Activations (#EMA7)
  • 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations (#EMA9) (technically static, but no charge to convert to mobile)
  • 512 GB Memory Activations for Power IFL (#EMB8)
  • 8 TB activations (#EMBA) ordered with 8TB memory using feature EM8Y CDIMMs
  • 4 TB activations (#EMB7) ordered with 4TB memory using feature EMB6 package

A minimum of 50% of the total physical memory capacity of a server must have permanent memory activations ordered for that server. For example, a server with a total of 8 TB of physical memory must have at least 4 TB of permanent memory activations ordered for that server. These activations can be static, mobile-enabled, mobile, or Power IFL. At least 25% must be static activations or Power IFL activations. For example, a server with a total of 8 TB physical memory must have at least 2 TB of static activations or Power IFL activations. The 50% minimum cannot be fulfilled using mobile activations ordered on a different server.

The minimum activations ordered with MES orders of additional physical memory features will depend on the existing total installed physical memory capacity and the existing total installed memory activation features. If you already have more than 50% activations ordered or installed for your existing system, then you can order less than 50% activations for the MES ordered memory. The resulting configuration after the MES order of physical memory and any MES activations must meet the same 50% and 25% minimum rules above.

For the best possible performance, it is generally recommended that memory be installed evenly across all system node drawers and all SCMs in the system. Balancing memory across the installed system planar cards enables memory access in a consistent manner and typically results in better performance for your configuration.

Though maximum memory bandwidth is achieved by filling all the memory slots, plans for future memory additions should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the time of initial system order.

IBM Active Memory Expansion (AME) is an option that can increase the effective memory capacity of the system. See the AME information later in the Description section.

System node PCIe slots

  • Each system node enclosure provides excellent configuration flexibility and expandability with eight half-length, low-profile (half-high) x16 PCIe Gen3 slots. The slots are labeled C1 through C8.
  • These PCIe slots can be used for either low-profile PCIe adapters or for attaching a PCIe I/O drawer.
  • A blind-swap cassette (BSC) is used to house the low-profile adapters that go into these slots. The server is shipped with a full set of BSCs, even if the BSCs are empty. A feature number to order additional low-profile BSC is not required or announced.
  • If additional Gen3 PCIe slots beyond the system node slots are required, a system node x16 slot is used to attach a six-slot expansion module in the I/O drawer. An I/O drawer holds two expansion modules that are attached to any two x16 PCIe slots in the same system node or in different system nodes.
  • PCIe Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3 adapter cards are supported in these Gen3 slots. The PCIe adapters that are supported are found in the Sales Manual, identified by feature number.
  • Concurrent repair and add/removal of PCIe adapter cards is done by HMC-guided menus or by operating system support utilities.
  • The system nodes sense which IBM PCIe adapters are installed in their PCIe slots; and if an adapter requires higher levels of cooling, the nodes automatically speed up the fans to increase airflow across the PCIe adapters.
  • Each system node supports up to four CAPI adapters (one per SCM), which can be located in slots C2, C4, C6, or C8.

PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer

The 19-inch PCIe Gen3 4U I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) provides slots to hold PCIe adapters that cannot be placed into a system node. The PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) and two PCIe Fan-Out Modules (#EMXF) provide 12 PCIe I/O full-length, full-height slots. One fan-out module provides six PCIe slots labeled C1 through C6. The C1 and C4 are x16 slots and C2, C3, C5, and C6 are x8 slots. Concurrent repair and add/removal of PCIe adapter cards is done by HMC-guided menus or by operating system support utilities.

PCIe Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3 full-high adapter cards are supported. The full-high PCIe adapters that are supported are found in the Sales Manual, identified by feature number. See the PCI Adapter Placement manual for details and rules associated with specific adapters supported and their supported placement in x8 or x16 slots.

Up to four PCIe I/O drawers per node can be attached. Using two 6-slot fan-out modules per drawer provides a maximum of 48 PCIe slots per system node. With two system nodes, up to 96 PCIe Gen3 slots (8 I/O drawers) are supported.

Additional PCIe I/O drawer configuration flexibility is provided by the option of using a "half" drawer consisting of just one PCIe fan-out module in the I/O drawer. This enables a lower-cost configuration if fewer PCIe slots are required. Thus a system node supports the following half-drawer options: one half drawer, two half drawers, three half drawers, or four half drawers. Because there is a maximum of four EMX0 drawers per node, a single system node cannot have more than four half drawers. A server with more system nodes can support more half drawers, up to four per node. A system can also mix half drawers and full PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers. The maximum of four PCIe Gen3 drawers per system node applies whether a full or half PCIe drawer.

PCIe Gen3 drawers can be concurrently added to the server at a later time. The drawer being added can have either one or two fan-out modules. Note that adding a second fan-out module to a half-full drawer does require scheduling downtime.

PCIe Gen3 I/O Drawer attachment and cabling

  • A PCIe X16 to Optical CXP converter adapter (#EJ07) and 2.0 M (#ECC6), 10.0 M (#ECC8), or 20 M (#ECC9) CXP 16X Active Optical cables (AOC) connect the system node to a PCIe Fan-Out Module in the I/O expansion drawer. One ECC6, ECC8, or ECC9 feature ships two AOC cables from IBM.
  • The two AOC cables connect to two CXP ports on the fan-out module and to two CXP ports on the EJ07 adapter. The top port of the fan-out module must be cabled to the top port of the EJ07 port. Likewise, the bottom two ports must be cabled together.
  • Recommendation : One I/O drawer can be attached to two different system nodes in the same server (one drawer module attached to one system node and the other drawer module attached to a different system node). This can help provide cabling for higher availability configurations.
  • Recommendation: Any attached PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer can be located in the same rack as the POWER8 server for ease of service, but they can be installed in separate racks if the application or other rack content requires it. If attaching a large number of cables such as SAS cables or CAT5/CAT6 Ethernet cables to a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer, then it is generally better to place that EMX0 in a separate rack for better cable management.

    Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack. This is because the longer SAS cable is probably used to attach to an EXP24S drawer in a different rack.

  • A maximum of 16 EXP24s Drawers is needed per PCIe Gen3 Drawer (#EMX0) to enable SAS cables to be properly handled by the feature EMX0 cable management bracket.

A BSC is used to house the full-high adapters that go into the fan-out module slots. The BSC is the same BSC as used with the previous generation server's 12X attached I/O drawers (#5802, #5803, #5877, #5873) and is often referred to as a Gen3 cassette. The drawer is shipped with a full set of BSCs, even if the BSCs are empty. A feature number to order additional full-high BSC is not required or announced.

EXP24S disk/SSD drawer

  • Direct-attached storage is supported with the EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887), an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays.
  • The Power E870C server supports up to 3,072 drives with a maximum of 128 EXP24S drawers. The maximum of 16 EXP24S drawers per PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer due to cabling considerations remains unchanged.
  • The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays. Slot filler panels are included for empty bays when initially shipped. The EXP24S supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF-2 SAS HDDs or SSDs. It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and uses two power cords.
  • With AIX, Linux, and VIOS, you can order the EXP24S with four sets of six bays, two sets of 12 bays, or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2, or 1). With IBM i, you can order the EXP24S as one set of 24 bays (mode 1). Mode setting is done by IBM Manufacturing and there is no option provided to change the mode after it is shipped from IBM.
  • The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to a SAS PCIe adapter or pair of adapters using SAS YO or X cables.
  • To maximize configuration flexibility and space utilization, the system node does not have integrated SAS bays or integrated SAS controllers. PCIe adapters and the EXP24S can be used to provide direct access storage.
  • To further reduce possible single points of failure, EXP24S configuration rules consistent with previous Power Systems are used. IBM i configurations require the drives to be protected (RAID or mirroring). Protecting the drives is highly recommended, but not required for other operating systems. All Power operating system environments that are using SAS adapters with write cache require the cache to be protected by using pairs of adapters.
  • Recommendation : For SAS cabling ease, locate the EXP24S drawer in the same rack in which the PCIe adapter is located. Note, however, it is often a good availability practice to split a SAS adapter pair across two PCIe drawers/nodes for availability and that may make the SAS cabling ease recommendation difficult or impossible to implement.
  • HDDs and SSDs that were previously located in IBM POWER7 system units or in feature 5802 or 5803 12X-attached I/O drawers (SFF-1 bays) can be "re-trayed" and placed in EXP24S drawers. See feature conversions previously announced on the POWER7 servers. Ordering a conversion ships an SFF-2 tray or carriage onto which the client can place their existing drive after removing it from the existing SFF-1 tray/carriage. The order also changes the feature number so that IBM configuration tools can better interpret what is required.
  • A maximum of 16 EXP24s Drawers is needed per PCIe Gen3 Drawer (#EMX0) to enable SAS cables to be properly handled by the feature EMX0 cable management bracket.
  • Clients booting from a disk or SSD that is not on a storage area network (SAN) have a specify option when ordering their server to better reflect their configuration on IBM configuration tools. Clients can specify they will be using an existing EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887) for their system boot drive by using specify feature ELS0. This enables a client upgrading with the same serial number or migrating to a new serial number system to avoid buying an additional EXP24S.
  • A commonly used boot drive configuration for an EPX24S drawer (#5887) in mode 4 attached to four SAS adapters (#EJ0J full high or #EJ0M low profile) would use two X HD narrow 6Gb cables (#ECBJ-#ECBL) and a manufacturing specify code EJR5.

DVD and boot devices

  • A device capable of reading a DVD must be attached to the system and available to perform operating system installation, maintenance, problem determination, and service actions such as maintaining system firmware and I/O microcode at their latest levels. Alternatively, the system must be attached to a network with software such as AIX NIM server or Linux Install Manager configured to perform these functions:
    • Disk (HDD) or SSD located in an EXP24S drawer attached to a PCIe adapter
    • A network through LAN adapters
    • A SAN attached to Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) adapters and indicated to the server by the 0837 specify code
  • Assuming option 1 above, the minimum system configuration requires at least one SAS HDD or SSD in the system for AIX and Linux and two for IBM i. If you are using option 3 above, an HDD or SSD drive is not required.
  • For IBM i, a DVD drive must be available on the server when required.
  • A DVD can optionally be in the system control unit or one or more DVDs can be located in an external enclosure such as a 7226-1U3 Multimedia drawer.

Racks

The Power E870C server is designed to fit a standard 19-inch rack. IBM Development has tested and certified the system in the IBM Enterprise rack (7014-T42, 7014-T00, #0551, or #0553). Clients can choose to place the server in other racks if they are confident those racks have the strength, rigidity, depth, and hole pattern characteristics that are needed. Clients should work with IBM Service to determine other racks' appropriateness. The Power E870C rails can adjust their depth to fit a rack that is 23.25 inches - 30.4375 inches in depth.

Recommendation Order the Power E870C server with an IBM 42U enterprise rack (7014-T42 or #0553). An initial system order is placed in a 7014-T42 rack. A same serial-number model upgrade MES is placed in an equivalent feature 0553 rack. This is done to ease and speed client installation, provide a more complete and higher quality environment for IBM Manufacturing system assembly and testing, and provide a more complete shipping package.

The 7014-T42 or feature 0553 is a 2-meter enterprise rack that provides 42U or 42 EIA of space. Clients who don't want this rack can remove it from the order, and IBM Manufacturing will then remove the server from the rack after testing and ship the server in separate packages without a rack. Use the factory-deracking feature ER21 on the order to do this.

Five rack front door options are supported for the 42U enterprise rack (7014-T42 or #0553): the original acoustic door (#6249 (front and back) or #ERGB (front only)), the newer thinner acoustic door (#EC07/#EC08), the ruggedized door (#ERGD), the attractive geometrically accented door (#ERG7), and the cost-effective plain black front door (#6069). The front trim kit is also supported (#6272). The Power 780 logo rack door (#6250) is not supported.

When considering an acoustic door, note the majority of the acoustic value is provided by the front door because the servers' fans are mostly located in the front of the rack. Not including a rear acoustic door saves some floor space, which may make it easier to use the optional 8-inch expansion feature on the rear of the rack.

Recommendation : Leave the bottom 2U of the rack open for cable management when below-floor cabling is used. Likewise, if overhead cabling is used, it is strongly recommended the top 2U be left open for cable management. If clients are using both overhead and below-floor cabling, leaving 2U open on both the top and bottom of the rack is a good practice. Rack configurations placing equipment in these 2U locations can be more difficult to service if there are a lot of cables running by them in the rack.

The system node and system control unit must be immediately physically adjacent to each other in a contiguous space. The cables connecting the system control unit and the system node are built to very specific lengths. In a two-node configuration, system node 1 is on top, and then the system control unit in the middle and system node 2 is on the bottom. Use specify feature ER16 to reserve 5U space in the rack for a future system node and avoid the work of shifting equipment in the rack in the future. On a four-node configuration system, node 4 is on the top, then node 1 is below it, then the system control unit, then node 2, and finally node 3 is on the bottom.

With the 2-meter 7014-T42 or feature 0553, a rear rack extension of 20.3 cm (8 in.) (#ERG0) provides space to hold cables on the side of the rack and keep the center area clear for cooling and service access.

Recommendation: Include this extension when large numbers of thicker I/O cables are present or may be added in the future. The definition of a "large number" depends on the type of I/O cables used. Approximately 64 short-length SAS cables per side of a rack or around 50 longer-length (thicker) SAS cables per side of a rack is a good rule of thumb. Generally, other I/O cables are thinner and easier to fit in the sides of the rack and the number of cables can be higher. SAS cables are most commonly found with multiple EXP24S SAS drawers (#5887) driven by multiple PCIe SAS adapters. For this reason, it can be a very good practice to keep multiple EXP24S drawers in the same rack as the PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer or in a separate rack close to the PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer, using shorter, thinner SAS cables. The feature ERG0 extension can be good to use even with a smaller number of cables as it enhances the ease of cable management with the extra space it provides.

Multiple service personnel are required to manually remove or insert a system node drawer into a rack, given its dimensions and weight and content.

Recommendation: To avoid any delay in service, it is recommended that the client obtain an optional lift tool (#EB2Z). One EB2Z lift tool can be shared among many servers and I/O drawers. The EB2Z lift tool provides a hand crank to lift and position up to 159 kg (350 lb). The EB2Z lift tool is 1.12 meters x 0.62 meters (44 in. x 24.5 in.). Note that a single system node can weigh up to 75.7 kg (167 lb).

PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer and Racks

IBM Manufacturing can factory-integrate the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) with new server orders. Because expansion drawers complicate the access to vertical PDUs if located at the same height, IBM recommends accommodating PDUs horizontally on racks containing one or more PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers. Following this recommendation, IBM Manufacturing will always assemble the integrated rack configuration with horizontally mounted PDUs unless CRSP (#0469) is on the order. When specifying CSRP, the client will provide the locations where the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers must be placed, avoiding locating those adjacent to vertical PDU locations, EIA 6 through 16 and 21 through 31.

Additional PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers (#EMX0) for an already installed server can be MES ordered with or without a rack. When clients want IBM Manufacturing to place these MES I/O drawers into a rack and ship them together (factory integration), then the racks should be ordered as features on the same order as the I/O drawers. Use feature 0553 (42U enterprise rack) for this order. Regardless of the rack-integrated system to which the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer is attached, if the Expansion Drawer is ordered as factory-integrated, the PDUs in the rack will be defaulted to be placed horizontally to enhance cable management. Vertical PDUs can be used only if CSRP (#0469) is on the order.

After the rack with Expansion Drawers is delivered to the client, the client is allowed to rearrange the PDUs from horizontal to vertical. However, the IBM configurator tools will continue to assume that the PDUs are placed horizontally for the matter of calculating the free space still available in the rack for additional future orders.

Power distribution units (PDU)

  • The Power E870C server factory-integrated into an IBM rack uses horizontal PDUs located in the EIA drawer space of the rack instead of the typical vertical PDUs found in the side pockets of a rack. This is done to aid cable routing. Each horizontal PDU occupies 1U. Vertically mounting the PDUs to save rack space can cause cable routing challenges and interfere with optimal service access.
  • When mounting the horizontal PDUs, it is a good practice to place them almost at the top or almost at the bottom of the rack, leaving 2U or more of space at the very top or very bottom of the opening for cable management. Mounting a horizontal PDU in the middle of the rack is generally not optimal for cable management.
  • Two possible PDU ratings are supported: 60A/63A (orderable in most countries) and 30A/32A.
    • The 60A/63A PDU supports four system node power supplies and one I/O expansion drawer or eight I/O expansion drawers.
    • The 30A/32A PDU supports two system node power supplies and one I/O expansion drawer or four I/O expansion drawers.
  • Rack-integrated system orders require at least two of either feature 7109, 7188, or 7196.
    • Feature 7109: Intelligent PDU with Universal UTG0247 Connector is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will enable the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: 6489, 6491, 6492, 6653, 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, and 6658.
    • Feature 7188: Power Distribution Unit mounts in a 19-inch rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. Feature 7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the feature 7188. One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the feature 7188: feature 6489, 6491, 6492, 6653, 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, or 6658.
    • Feature 7196: Three-phase Power Distribution Unit provides six C19 power outlets and is rated up to 48A. It has a 4.3 m (14 ft) fixed power cord to attach to the power source (IEC309 60A plug (3P+G)). A separate "to-the-wall" power cord is not required or orderable. Use the Power Cord 2.8 m (9.2 ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU, (250V/10A) (#6665) to connect devices to this PDU. These power cords are different than the ones used on the feature 7188 and 7109 PDUs. Supported countries for the feature 7196 PDU are Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Surinam, Taiwan, Trinidad and Tobago, United States, and Venezuela.

System node power

  • Four AC power supplies provide 2 + 2 redundant power for enhanced system availability. A system node is designed to continue functioning with just two working power supplies. A failed power supply can be hot swapped but must remain in the system until the replacement power supply is available for exchange.
  • Four AC power cords are used for each system node (one per power supply) and are ordered using the AC Power Chunnel feature (#EBAA). The chunnel carries power from the rear of the system node to the hot-swap power supplies located in the front of the system node where they are more accessible for service.
  • An alternative to using AC power is DC power. Four DC power supplies are used: Power Chunnel (#EBAD)

System control unit power

The system control unit is powered from the system nodes. UPIC cables provide redundant power to the system control unit. Two UPIC cables attach to system node 1, and two UPIC cables attach to system node 2. They are ordered with features ECCA and ECCB. Just one UPIC cord is enough to power the system control unit and the rest are in place for redundancy.

Hot-plug options

The following options are hot-plug capable:

  • PCIe I/O adapters.
  • PCIe Gen3 I/O Drawers.
  • System node AC power supplies: Two functional power supplies must remain installed at all times while the system is operating.
  • System node fans.
  • System control unit fans.
  • System control unit Op Panel.
  • System control unit DVD drive.
  • UPIC power cables from system node to system control unit.
  • EXP24S SAS Storage enclosure drawer.
  • Drives in the EXP24S Storage enclosure drawer.

If the system boot device or system console is attached using an I/O adapter feature, that adapter may not be hot-plugged if a nonredundant topology has been implemented.

You can access hot-plug procedures in the product documentation at IBM Knowledge Center.

PowerVM

PowerVM Enterprise virtualization is built into the Power E870C system and provides the complete set of PowerVM virtualization functionality needed for Power enterprise servers with POWER8 technology. This enables efficient resource sharing through virtualization, which enables workload consolidation and secure workload isolation as well as the flexibility to redeploy resources dynamically.

Other PowerVM technologies include the following:

  • Migrate from older generation Power servers to the Power E870C system.
  • System Planning Tool simplifies the process of planning and deploying Power Systems LPARs and virtual I/O.
  • Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) is a single-function appliance that resides in an IBM Power processor-based partition. It facilitates the sharing of physical I/O resources between client partitions AIX, Linux, or IBM i within the server.
  • With Live Partition Mobility, you can move a running AIX, Linux, or IBM i LPAR from one physical server to another with no downtime. Use this capability to do the following:
    • Evacuate workloads from a system before performing scheduled maintenance.
    • Move workloads across a pool of different physical resources as business needs shift.
    • Move workloads away from underutilized machines so that they can be powered off to save on energy and cooling costs. Active Memory Sharing enables memory to be dynamically moved between running partitions for optimal resource usage.
    • PowerVP Virtualization Performance monitor provides real-time monitoring of a virtualized system showing the mapping of VMs to physical hardware.

Active Memory Expansion

Active Memory Expansion is an innovative technology supporting the AIX operating system that enables the effective maximum memory capacity to be much larger than the true physical memory maximum. Sophisticated compression/decompression of memory content can enable memory expansion up to 100% or more. This can enable a partition to do significantly more work or support more users with the same physical amount of memory. Similarly, it can enable a server to run more partitions and do more work for the same physical amount of memory.

Active Memory Expansion uses CPU resource to compress/decompress the memory contents. The trade-off of memory capacity for processor cycles can be an excellent choice, but the degree of expansion varies on how compressible the memory content is. It also depends on having adequate spare CPU capacity available for this compression/decompression. Tests in IBM laboratories using sample workloads showed excellent results for many workloads in terms of memory expansion per additional CPU utilized.

The POWER8 chip includes a hardware accelerator designed to boost Active Memory Expansion efficiency and uses less POWER core resource. You have a great deal of control over Active Memory Expansion usage. Each individual AIX partition can turn on or turn off Active Memory Expansion. Control parameters set the amount of expansion desired in each partition to help control the amount of CPU used by the Active Memory Expansion function. An IPL is required for the specific partition that is turning memory expansion. When they are turned on, monitoring capabilities are available in standard AIX performance tools such as lparstat, vmstat, topas, and svmon.

A planning tool is included with AIX, enabling you to sample actual workloads and estimate both how expandable the partition's memory is and how much CPU resource is needed. Any Power Systems model can run the planning tool. In addition, a one-time, 60-day trial of Active Memory Expansion is available to enable more exact memory expansion and CPU measurements. You can request the trial at the Power Systems Capacity on Demand web page.

Active Memory Expansion is enabled by chargeable hardware feature EM82, which can be ordered with the initial order of the system or as an MES order. A software key is provided when the enablement feature is ordered, which is applied to the system node. An IPL is not required to enable the system node. The key is specific to an individual system and is permanent. It cannot be moved to a different server.

The additional CPU resource used to expand memory is part of the CPU resource assigned to the AIX partition running Active Memory Expansion. Normal licensing requirements apply.

Active Memory Mirroring

The Power E870C server offers the Active Memory Mirroring for Hypervisor feature, which is designed to prevent a system outage in the event of an uncorrectable error in memory being used by the system hypervisor.

IBM i operating system

For clients loading the IBM i operating system, the four-digit numeric QPRCFEAT value is generally the same as the four-digit numeric feature number for the processors used in the system. The special ordering processor features used for the CBU for PowerHA are exceptions to this rule. For the Power E870C:

  • Processor feature EPBA (4.02 GHz 32-core node) -- QPRCFEAT value for the system is EPBA.

If the highly efficient 5250 OLTP function is to be used on the server, order one or more EB2R feature or order the full system 5250 enablement feature EB30. Feature EB2R provides one processor core's worth of 5250 capacity, which can be spread across multiple physical processor cores or multiple partitions. Feature EB30 provides unlimited 5250 capacity on that server.

Capacity on demand

Several types of CoD processors and memory are available. They help meet changing resource requirements in an on demand environment by using resources installed on the system but not activated. Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) enables you to purchase additional permanent processor or memory capacity and dynamically activate it when needed.

Elastic CoD

Elastic CoD enables processors or memory to be temporarily activated in full-day increments as needed. Charges are based on usage reporting collected monthly. Processors and memory can be activated and turned off an unlimited number of times, whenever you want additional processing resources. With this offering, system administrators have an interface at the HMC (physical HMC or virtual appliance) to manage the activation and deactivation of resources. A monitor that resides on the server logs the usage activity. You must send this usage data to IBM monthly. A bill is then generated based on the total amount of processor and memory resources utilized, in increments of processor and memory (1 GB) days. Billing features specific to the processor feature and ordered as hardware MES orders against the server are used. Before using temporary capacity on your server, you must enable your server.

Elastic CoD processor-related features can vary by the processor feature.

32-core 4.02GHz (#EPBA)
-------------------------------------------------------
90X-day enablement (#EP9T)
1-day elastic billing feature using AIX/Linux (#EPJ6)
1-day elastic billing feature using IBM i (#EPJ7)
100-day elastic billing feature using AIX/Linux (#EPJ8)
100-day elastic billing feature using IBM i (#EPJ9)

Elastic CoD memory-related features are the same across the processor features or operating system.

  • 90X-day enablement (#EM9T)
  • 8 GB-day billing for Elastic CoD memory feature (#EMJ4)
  • 800 GB-day billing for Elastic CoD memory feature (#EMJ5)
  • 999 GB-day elastic billing feature (#EMJ6)

Utility CoD

Utility CoD provides additional processor performance on a temporary basis within the shared processor pool. Utility CoD enables you to place a quantity of inactive processors into the system node's shared processor pool, which then becomes available to the pool's resource manager. When the system node recognizes that the combined processor utilization within the shared pool exceeds 100% of the level of base (purchased/active) processors assigned across uncapped partitions, then a Utility CoD Processor Minute is charged and this level of performance is available for the next minute of use.

Utility CoD processor-related billing features vary by the processor feature.

32-core 4.02 GHz (#EPBA)
----------------------------------------------------------
100-minute utility billing feature using IBM i (#EPJB)
100-minute utility billing feature using AIX/Linux (#EPJA)

Utility CoD is focused on processor cores and does not include temporary memory activations.

Trial CoD

Trial CoD provides the ability to activate inactive processors or memory for up to 30 days at no additional cost.

For more information on Elastic, Utility, and Trial CoD, see the Power Systems Capacity on Demand website.

Power Enterprise Pools

Power Enterprise Pools deliver the support to meet clients' business goals when it comes to:

  • Providing organizations with a dynamic infrastructure, reduced cost of performance management, improved service levels, and controlled risk management
  • Improving the flexibility, load balancing, and disaster recovery planning and operations of your Power Systems infrastructure
  • Enhanced reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) to handle the requirements to accommodate a global economy

When established, Power Enterprise Pools enhance the ability to freely move processor and memory activations from one system to another system in the same pool, without the need for IBM involvement or notification. This capability enables the movement of resources not only between like systems, but also between generations of Power Systems, and thus delivers unsurpassed flexibility for workload balancing and system maintenance. This capability is especially appealing to aid in providing continuous application availability during maintenance windows.

In addition to memory and processor activations, some specific IBM licensing entitlements can also be moved along with the processor core activations. For example, if server A and B were in the same pool and you moved 10 processor activations from A to B, you could also move up to 10 AIX or IBM i license entitlements, assuming the entitlements were no longer required for use on server A. At least one license for each server involved in the entitlement transfer must be installed. Eligible software is AIX, IBM i, Systems Director, VMControl, PowerSC, PowerHA, and PowerVC.

Like the specific software above, IBM i clients can move 5250 Enterprise Enablement along with the processor core activations, assuming the enablements were no longer required on server A. At least one 5250 enablement for each server involved in the entitlement must be installed.

Power Enterprise Pools mobile activations are available for use on the Power 770, 780, and 795 systems, Power E870 and Power E880 systems, and now on the Power E870C and E880C systems. Two types of Power Enterprise Pools can be created:

  • A midrange pool that can consist of Power 770 (9117-MMD), Power E870 (9119-MME), Power E870C (9080-MME), and Power E880C (9080-MHE) servers.
  • A high-end pool that can consist of Power 780 (9179 -MHD), Power 795 (9119-FHB), Power E880 (9119-MHE), Power E870C (9080-MME), and Power E880C (9080-MHE) servers.
  • Both pools enable both processor and memory activations to move between servers within the pool. Systems with different clock speeds are supported, co-existing within the same pool.

All systems in a pool must be within one country. (The EU is treated as one country.)

Mobile and static activations

A more flexible activation type is employed for Power Enterprise Pools. Historically, only "static" activations that could not move from server to server were available. These static activations remain available on the Power 770, 780, 795, E880, and E870 and are announced on the E870C and E880C, and a certain number are required per server. But mobile activation features can be moved in the Power Enterprise Pool. Mobile activations apply to both processor core activations and memory activations.

The Power E870C and E880C servers must have at least eight cores activated in static capability. All remaining processor core activations on these systems can optionally be mobile activations, be static activations, or be a mixture. Static and mobile core activations can co-reside in the same system and in the same partition.

A minimum of 50% of the memory on the system must be active. A maximum of 75% of all physically installed memory can have mobile activations. A minimum of 25% of all memory activations on a server must have static activations. Static and mobile memory activations can be in the same system and in the same partition. Mobile activation features are in 100 GB increments.

Existing static activation features can be converted to mobile activations for memory and cores. To provide administrative and pricing advantages, there are "regular" static core activations and "mobile-enabled" static core activations. The price of a mobile-enabled core activation is priced the same as a mobile core activation. There is often a price advantage to initially buying a mobile-enabled activation with a no-charge conversion to mobile compared to initially buying a static activation and converting to mobile.

The mobile activation features for the Power E870C server are as follows:

  • Memory
  • 100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (#EMA7)
  • 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activation (#EMA9)
  • Processor - Mobile-enabled (technical static, financially mobile)
  • 1-core Mobile-Enabled Activation for EPBA 4.02GHz (#EPBN)
  • Processor - Mobile
  • 1-core Mobile Processor Activation (#EP2S)

The mobile activation feature numbers for the Power E870 server are the same as for the Power E870C server. See the Power 780 (D model) and Power 795 for their corresponding mobile activation features, which can be shared across high-end Power Enterprise Pools.

Additional features help enable the administrative records transfer of Enterprise Pools enablement and mobile memory activations during upgrades from a Power 770 server to a Power E870C server.

  • 100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (#EMAF)
  • 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations (#EMAG)
  • 1 Mobile processor activation (#EP2U)

The Power Enterprise Pools mobile activation features continue to exist for the Power 770, 780, and 795 servers and can co-exist in the same pool as the Power E870 and E870C features. The Power 770, 780, and 795 mobile activations features are described below.

Power Enterprise Pools and the HMC

Each Power Enterprise Pool has a single master HMC (physical hardware HMC or a virtual appliance (vHMC)). The HMC that is used to create a Power Enterprise Pool is set as the master HMC of that pool. After a Power Enterprise Pool is created, under HMC firmware level 8.4, a single additional managing HMC can be configured. Either of these HMCs can do typical HMC tasks, but only the master HMC can do Power Enterprise Pool tasks. With HMC firmware 8.5, multiple managing HMCs can be configured for the pool. Under HMC firmware 8.5, all Power Enterprise Pool resource assignments must be performed by the master HMC, but any managing HMC connected to the master HMC offers a user interface to request Power Enterprise Pool tasks.

When powering on or restarting a server, ensure that the server is connected to the master HMC. This ensures that the required Mobile CoD resources are assigned to the server.

The maximum number of systems in a Power Enterprise Pool is 32 high-end or 48 midrange systems. An HMC can manage multiple Power Enterprise Pools but is limited to 1,000 total partitions. The HMC can also manage systems that are not part of the Power Enterprise Pool. Powering down an HMC does not limit the assigned resources of participating systems in a pool but does limit the ability to perform pool change operations.

After a Power Enterprise Pool is created, the HMC can be used to perform the following functions:

  • Mobile CoD processor and memory resources can be assigned to systems with inactive resources. Mobile CoD resources remain on the system to which they are assigned until they are removed from the system.
  • New systems can be added to the pool and existing systems can be removed from the pool.
  • New resources can be added to the pool or existing resources can be removed from the pool.
  • Pool information can be viewed, including pool resource assignments, compliance, and history logs.

Power Enterprise Pools qualifying machines

To qualify for use in the Power Enterprise Pool offering, a Power E870C server can participate in either a high-end Enterprise Pool or a midrange Enterprise Pool. Therefore, a Power E870C server can participate in a high-end pool, which must be one of the following:

  • IBM Power E880C with POWER8 processors, designated as 9080-MHE
  • IBM Power E870C with POWER8 processors, designated as 9080-MME
  • IBM Power E880 with POWER8 processors, designated as 9119-MHE
  • IBM Power 795 with POWER7 processors, designated as 9119-FHB
  • IBM Power 780 with POWER7+ processors, designated as 9179-MHD

Alternatively, a Power E870C server can participate in a midrange pool, which must be one of the following:

  • IBM Power E880C with POWER8 processors, designated as 9080-MHE
  • IBM Power E870C with POWER8 processors, designated as 9080-MME
  • IBM Power E870 with POWER8 processors, designated as 9119-MME
  • IBM Power 770 with POWER7+ processors, designated as 9117-MMD

Each E880C and E870C system must have installed Machine Code release level 840.30, or later, and be configured with at least the minimum amount of permanently active processor cores (listed below). Processor and memory activations that are enabled for movement within the pool will be in addition to these base minimum configurations.

Ordering Power Enterprise Pools

Information for ordering and enabling mobile activations can be found at the Power Systems Capacity on Demand PDF.

Adding or removing systems from Power Enterprise Pools

Adding or removing a system or any mobile resource associated with the system from an established Power Enterprise Pool requires notification to IBM. An updated addendum must be submitted to the Power Systems CoD Project Office (pcod@us.ibm.com) to make this change. When the update is processed, a new pool configuration file will be posted on the CoD website and must be downloaded to the controlling HMC.

Before removal from a pool, all assets, including mobile resources that were originally purchased with the system, must be returned to that same system serial number. Mobile assets belonging to a system may qualify for transfer to another system serial number, depending on specific qualifying guidelines, and will require additional administrative action. Contact your IBM representative for more information.

Systems removed from a pool can join another pool and contribute mobile activation resources to the new pool or use another system's mobile activation resources. Mobile activations require a pool ID to be recognized.

Power Integrated Facility for Linux

Power IFL enables users to easily acquire processor and memory activations on their enterprise-class Power Systems for use with their Linux operating systems and do so at pricing that is comparable to x86 systems. Users can reduce the complexity of operations associated with server sprawl by consolidating disparate, redundant, or underutilized Linux servers while taking advantage of enterprise-level resources, processes, and skills that are already in place. Power IFL is designed to enable clients to better exploit the performance, reliability, and scale of enterprise-class Power servers to improve quality of service and reduce the cost of managing their Linux ecosystem.

A consolidated environment for Linux workloads offers the following benefits to the enterprise environment:

  • Improves scaling performance
  • Delivers virtual network connections
  • Improves security
  • Offers seamless added capacity without interruption
  • Reduces overhead
  • Improves disaster recovery processes

Power IFLs represent a virtual stack engine using CoD IFL activations for enterprise-class systems. Enablement is packaged in units of four processor core activations, 32 GB of memory activations, and four PowerVM for Linux licenses. There are also savings with PowerVM software maintenance and hardware maintenance.

Order as many ELJG package features as wanted, up to 100% of the server's cores. Each ELJG package provides four processor core activations (#ELJ5 or #ELJ6 depending on the gigahertz) and 32 GB memory activations (#ELJH) and four PowerVM for Linux entitlements (#ELJJ). Separate Power IFL memory activations can be ordered using a 512 GB bundle (#EMB8).

Power IFL activations can only run Linux workloads. AIX or IBM i workloads cannot be run with these activations.

Capacity BackUp for IBM i

The Capacity Backup (CBU) designation can help meet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, high availability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU-designated system. Temporarily transferring these resources instead of purchasing them for your secondary system may result in significant savings. Processor activations cannot be transferred as part of this CBU offering, but programs such as Power Enterprise Pools are available for the function.

The CBU specify feature number 4891 is available only as part of a new server purchase or during an MES upgrade from an existing system to a 9080-MME. Certain system prerequisites must be met, and system registration and approval are required before the CBU specify feature can be applied on a new server. A used system that has an existing CBU feature cannot be registered. The only way to attain a CBU feature that can be registered is with a plant order.

Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not allow either IBM i processor license entitlements or 5250 OLTP (Enterprise Enablement) entitlements to be transferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain with the machine they were ordered for. When you register the association between your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certain terms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer.

After a CBU system designation is approved and the system is installed, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor license entitlement and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements from the primary system to the CBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary system processor cores are inactive. The CBU system can then better support fail-over and role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and high availability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that the entitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBU system and may remain in use on the CBU system as long as the registered primary and CBU system are in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation. The primary system for a Power E870C server can be any of the following:

  • 9080-MHE
  • 9080-MME
  • 9119-MHE
  • 9119-MME
  • 9119-FHB
  • 9117-MMB
  • 9117-MMC
  • 9117-MMD
  • 9179-MHB
  • 9179-MHC
  • 9179-MHD

These systems have IBM i software licenses with an IBM i P30 software tier, or later. The primary machine must be in the same enterprise as the CBU system.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements from the registered primary system, you must have more than one IBM i processor license on the primary machine and at least one IBM i processor license on the CBU server. An activated processor must be available on the CBU server to use the transferred entitlement. You may then transfer any IBM i processor entitlements above the minimum one, assuming the total IBM i workload on the primary system does not require the IBM i entitlement you would like to transfer during the time of the transfer. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor license entitlements are not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. Such messages that arise in this situation do not mean you are not in compliance.

Before you can temporarily transfer 5250 entitlements, you must have more than one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the primary server and at least one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the CBU system. You may then transfer the entitlements that are not required on the primary server during the time of transfer and that are above the minimum of one entitlement. Note that if you are using software replication (versus PowerHA), you may well need more than a minimum of one entitlement on the CBU to support the replication workload.

For example, if you have a 64-core Power 770 as your primary system with twenty IBM i processor license entitlements (nineteen above the minimum) and two 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements (one above the minimum), you can temporarily transfer up to nineteen IBM i entitlements and one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement. During the temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor entitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system.

If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired.

For CBU registration and further information, go to the IBM Capacity Backup for Power Systems website.

Power 770 serial number protected upgrade to Power E870C

Power 770 (9117-MMD) upgrades to a Power E870C (9080-MME) server is supported. This gives Power 770 "D model" clients who choose the E870C server additional growth options in processor cores, gigahertz, maximum memory, and maximum I/O. Multiple feature conversions are introduced to provide the underlying ordering capability for this upgrade.

Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data correction

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be highly reliable. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality.

Redundant infrastructure

Considerable redundancy in the infrastructure of these systems is included so as to avoid failing components leading to system outages.

Such components include power supplies, fans, processor and memory voltage regulation outputs, global service processors, and processor clocks.

All of these redundant elements are present, even in single-system node systems.

Processor and memory availability functions

The Power Systems family continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements that are designed to increase system availability.

POWER8 processor functions

As previously provided in POWER7 and POWER7+, the POWER8 processor has the ability to do processor instruction retry for some transient errors and alternate processor recovery for a number of core-related faults. This significantly reduces exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core. Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. When such an error is encountered in the core, the POWER8 processor will first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error is truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before.

Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation. As POWER7/POWER7+ technology, processors have the ability to extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system for a number of faults, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement in the PowerVM environment. These features are designed to avoid a full system outage.

As in POWER7/POWER7+, the POWER8 processor includes single processor check stopping for certain faults that cannot be handled by the availability enhancements described in the preceding section. This significantly reduces the probability of any one processor affecting total system availability.

Partition availability priority

Also available is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. In the PowerVM environment, if an alternate processor recovery event requires spare processor resources in order to protect a workload, when no other means of obtaining the spare resources is available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER8 processor-based server, this enables that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system.

Cache availability

The L2 and L3 caches in the POWER8 processor and L4 cache in the memory buffer chip are protected with double-bit detect, single-bit correct error detection code (ECC). In addition, a threshold of correctable errors detected on cache lines can result in the data in the cache lines being purged and the cache lines removed from further operation without requiring a reboot in the PowerVM environment. In addition, the L2 and L3 caches have the ability to dynamically substitute a spare bit-line for a faulty bit-lane, enabling an entire faulty "column" of cache, impacting multiple cache lines, to be repaired. An ECC uncorrectable error detected in these caches can also trigger a purge and delete of cache lines. This results in no loss of operation if the cache lines contained data that was unmodified from what was stored in system memory.

Modified data would be handled through Special Uncorrectable Error handling. L1 data and instruction caches also have a retry capability for intermittent errors and a cache set delete mechanism for handling solid failures.

Special Uncorrectable Error handling

Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling is designed to prevent an uncorrectable error in memory or cache from immediately causing the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a check stop. If the data is used, termination may be limited to the program/kernel or hypervisor owning the data; or the I/O adapters controlled by an I/O hub controller would freeze if data were transferred to an I/O device.

Memory error correction and recovery

The memory has error detection and correction circuitry designed such that the failure of any one specific memory module within an ECC word by itself can be corrected absent any other fault.

In addition, a spare DRAM per rank on each memory port provides for dynamic DRAM device replacement during runtime operation. Also, dynamic lane sparing on the DMI link enables repair of a faulty data lane.

Other memory protection features include retry capabilities for certain faults detected at both the memory controller and the memory buffer. Memory is also periodically scrubbed to allow for soft errors to be corrected and for solid single-cell errors reported to the hypervisor, which supports operating system deallocation of a page associated with a hard single-cell fault.

Active memory mirroring for the hypervisor

The POWER8 memory subsystem is capable of mirroring sections of memory by writing to two different memory locations, and when an error is detected when reading from one location, taking data from the alternate location. This is used by the POWER hypervisor in these systems to mirror critical memory within the hypervisor so that a fault, even a Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) in the data, can be tolerated using the mirrored memory.

Dynamic processor and memory deallocation

When correctable solid faults occur in components of the processor and memory subsystem, the system will attempt to correct the problem by using spare capacity in the failing component; using a spare column in an L2 or L3 cache, for example, a spare data line in a memory or processor bus; or a spare DRAM in memory. Use of such spare capacity restores the system to full functionality without the need to take a repair action.

When such spare capacity is not available, the service processor and POWER hypervisor may request deallocation of the component experiencing the fault. When there are sufficient resources to continue running partitions at requested capacity, the system will continue to do so. This includes taking advantage of unlicensed capacity update on demand processors and memory resources as well as licensed but unallocated resources.

When such unlicensed or unused capacity is used in this manner, a request for service will be made.

PCI extended error handling

PCI extended error handling (EEH)-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, enable the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support.

Mutual surveillance

The service processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process and also monitors the hypervisor for termination. The hypervisor monitors the service processor and reports the service reference code when it detects surveillance loss. In the PowerVM environment, it will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the service processor.

Environmental monitoring functions

The Power Systems family does ambient and over temperature monitoring and reporting.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (AC power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of serviceability is to efficiently repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate impact to system operation. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the client, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes:

  • Design for SSR Set Up and Customer Installed Features (CIF).
  • Detection and Fault Isolation (ED/FI).
  • First Failure Data Capture (FFDC).
  • Guiding Light service indicator architecture is used to control a system of integrated LEDs that lead the individual servicing the machine to the correct part as quickly as possible.
  • Service labels, service cards, and service diagrams available on the system and delivered through the HMC.
  • Step-by-step service procedures available through the HMC.

Service environment

The POWER8 processor-based system requires attachment to one or more HMCs.

The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system enables support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

The I/O device and adapter diagnostics consists of stand-alone diagnostics, which are loaded from the DVD-RAM drive and online diagnostics. Online diagnostics, when installed, are resident with the AIX operating system on the disk or system. They can be booted in single-user mode (service mode), run in maintenance mode, or run concurrently (concurrent mode) with other applications. They have access to the AIX error log and the AIX configuration data.

  • Service mode enables checking of system devices and features.
  • Concurrent mode enables the normal system functions to continue while selected resources are being checked.
  • Maintenance mode enables checking of devices and adapters.

Note: Because the 9080-MHE and 9080-MME systems have an optional DVD-RAM, alternative methods for maintaining and servicing the system need to be available if the DVD-RAM is not ordered. An external internet connection must be available to maintain or update system firmware to the latest required level.

Concurrent maintenance-guided service procedures will continue to be supported by the Repair and Verify (R&V) component of the Service Focal Point application running on the HMC. Repair procedures that are not covered by the guided R&V component will be documented and available for display on any web browser-enabled system as well as on the HMC. These procedures are available through IBM Knowledge Center .

Service interface

The service interface enables support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, an interface, or a terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the service interface enables the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available through the service interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used, depending on the state of the system, hypervisor, and operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

  • Service Indicators
  • Operator Panel
  • Service Processor Menu
  • Operating System Service Menu
  • Service Focal Point on the HMC

In the Guiding Light service indicator implementation, when a fault condition is detected on the POWER8 processor-based server, a blue Enclosure Fault LED illuminates on the enclosure containing the failing part. The Guiding Light system pinpoints the exact part by blinking the amber FRU identify LED associated with the part to be replaced when selected by the servicer as part of the repair procedure. This action rolls up to the blue enclosure locate LED and down to the individual component to be serviced.

First Failure Data Capture and error data analysis

First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the rare absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems so they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

  • Provide a common error code format equivalent to a system reference code with PowerVM, system reference number, checkpoint, or firmware error code.
  • Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures. Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.
  • Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed online failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM servers, it is not necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boot-time diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics with PowerVM

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics requires user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:

  • Booting from the diagnostics CD, DVD, USB, or network
  • Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

It is expected that the majority of the components that will fail will be able to be replaced using concurrent maintenance. These include power supplies, power cable, fans, op panel, real-time clock battery, and PCIe adapters.

The system also supports updating firmware with service packages, typically concurrently. The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file that is released with the firmware.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

  • Location diagrams: Location diagrams are located on the system hardware, indicating where to place hardware components.

Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies are installed.

  • Remove/replace procedures: Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, that detail how to remove or replace certain serviceable hardware components.
  • Arrows: Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and the serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and in a certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

Packing for service

The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

  • Color coding (touch points): Terracotta-colored touch points indicate that the system may not be required to be powered off to perform service to the FRU. This is dependent on system configuration, and preparatory steps may be required before the service action is taken. Blue-colored touch points indicate that the procedure may require that the unit or system be shut down before servicing. This is dependent on system configuration, and preparatory steps may be required before the service action is taken.
  • Tool-less design: Most FRUs support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flathead screw drivers to service the hardware components.
  • A lift tool may be required for certain installation and service situations (system backplane). The service and installation scenario should be reviewed during system installation planning.
  • Positive retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumb-screws, pop Nylatches (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error handling and reporting

In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, or if the system continues to operate, the error will be reported to the operating system. Hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. An error log analysis (ELA) routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem.

The service processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator. The system has the ability to call home through the operating system to report platform recoverable errors and errors associated with PCI adapters/devices. When the information is logged in the SFP application, if the system is properly configured, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM service organization. Client contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with the error log data related to the failure, are sent to IBM Service.

Live Partition Mobility

With Live Partition Mobility, users can migrate an AIX, Linux, or IBM i partition running on one POWER partition system to another POWER system without disrupting services. The migration transfers the entire system environment, including processor state, memory, attached virtual devices, and connected users. It provides continuous operating system and application availability during planned partition outages for repair of hardware and firmware faults.

When initially purchasing a system, the client needs to consider the effect on the workloads that servicing the system will make. It is expected that most of the system FRUs that fail will be replaced while the system is still powered on, using Concurrent Maintenance. For the remainder of the FRUs, the entire system must be powered off to service the FRU. For clients with critical workloads that cannot afford to be stopped, the use of Live Partition Mobility needs to be planned for when the initial purchase of the system is made.

Service processor

The service processor provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

Under PowerVM the service processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The service processor menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation, enabling nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Call home

Call home refers to an automatic or manual call from a client location to the IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call home can be done through the HMC. While configuring call home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the call home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. See the next section for specific details on this application.

IBM Electronic Services

Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution, which is dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM clients. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the client's company business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the client and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM clients, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Security" section at the IBMElectronicService Agent website.

  1. Select your country.
  2. Click "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide."

Benefits: increased uptime

Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24x7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours client personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security: The Electronic Service Agent tool is designed to be secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. The Electronic Service Agent tool is designed to securely transmit either through the internet (HTTPS or VPN) or modem to provide clients a single point of exit from their site. Communication is one way. Activating Electronic Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a client's system.

For additional information, go to the IBMElectronic Service Agent website.

More accurate reporting

Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, clients are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support

Using the IBMid entered during activation, clients can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services website.

The Electronic Services web portal is a single internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled clients to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the client's IBMid. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, clients are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems.

For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, go to the IBM Electronic support website or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative

PowerCare service

Included with Power E870C system is a PowerCare services option, which entitles you to choose one of several high-value technical service offerings from IBM to complement and assist in the deployment of a new Power E870C system. This option is provided at no additional charge and requires no additional approvals. By leveraging the skills, experiences, and proven methodology of IBM Systems Lab Services professionals, you can potentially increase the efficiency and quality of your complex data center operations.

The PowerCare option is included with new Power E870C systems and MES upgrades into a Power E870C server. The Lab Services PowerCare team will contact the account team/client after the shipment to help with the selection of a PowerCare service offer.

Optionally, the account team or the client may contact the WW PowerCare team at

pwrcare@us.ibm.com

The client has up to 90 days from the installation date of the Power E870C server to select a PowerCare offering. Delivery of the selected service must be completed within nine months of the installation date of the Power E870C system.

For more details on available PowerCare options, go to the PowerCare support website.

Accessibility by people with disabilities

A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be found on the Product accessibility information website.

Section 508 of the US Rehabilitation Act

IBM Power System E870C is capable as of September 29, 2016, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) can be found on the Product accessibility information website.
Back to topBack to top
 

Models

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Speed Memory Hard Drive PCIe Slots System Maximum
MME 8 to 64 (8-core) 4.024 GHz 4 to 16 TB 8 to 32 PCIe Gen3 x16 Up to 96 PCIe

Customer setup (CSU)

No.

Devices supported

Not applicable.

Model conversions

From     To model Conversion
model             requirements
-------- -------- ------------
9117-MMD 9080-MME

Feature conversions

Feature conversions for 9080-MME memory features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)      EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
DDR3 DRAM                 DDR4 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
DDR3 DRAM                 DDR4 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
DDR3 DRAM                 DDR4 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
DDR3 DRAM                 DDR4 DRAM
EMA6 - Quantity of 100    EMA7 - 100 GB Mobile      No
1GB Memory Activations    Memory Activations
(#EMA5)
EMA9 - 100 GB Mobile      EMA7 - 100 GB Mobile      No
Enabled Memory            Memory Activations
Activations
EMB6 - Bundle of eight    EMBA - Bundle of eight    Yes
#EM8M, 512GB 1600 MHz     #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz
Memory                    Memory

Feature conversions for 9080-MME processor features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
EPBJ - 1 core Processor   EP2S - 1-Core Mobile      No
Activation for #EPBA      Activation
EPBN - 1 core Processor   EP2S - 1-Core Mobile      No
Activation for #EPBA,     Activation
Mobile Eabled
EPBJ - 1 core Processor   EPBN - 1 core Processor   No
Activation for #EPBA      Activation for #EPBA,
                          Mobile Eabled

Feature conversions for 9117-MMD to 9080-MME adapter features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
EJ29 - PCIe Crypto        EJ28 - PCIe Crypto        No
Coprocessor Gen4 BSC      Coprocessor Gen3 BSC
4765-001                  4765-001

Feature conversions for 9117-MMD to 9080-MME administrative features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
ELJ0 - Power Integrated   ELJG - Power Integrated   No
Facility for Linux        Facility for Linux
Package                   Package

Feature conversions for 9117-MMD to 9080-MME memory features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
ELJ2 - Power IFL Memory   ELJH - Power IFL Memory   No
Activation                Activation
4791 - ACTIVE MEMORY      EM82 - ACTIVE MEMORY      No
EXPANSION ENABLEMENT      EXPANSION ENABLEMENT
5600 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)      Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5601 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)      Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM40 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)      Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM41 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)      Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5600 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5601 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5602 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM40 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM41 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM42 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)     Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5564 - 0/256GB DDR3       EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X64GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5600 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5601 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5602 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM40 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM41 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM42 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM44 - 0/256GB DDR3       EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)     Yes
Memory (4X64GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5564 - 0/256GB DDR3       EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X64GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5600 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5601 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5602 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM40 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM41 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM42 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
EM44 - 0/256GB DDR3       EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)    Yes
Memory (4X64GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR3 DRAM
Memory
5564 - 0/256GB DDR3       EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X64GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR4 DRAM
Memory
5600 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR4 DRAM
Memory
5601 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR4 DRAM
Memory
5602 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7 CoD     DDR4 DRAM
Memory
EM40 - 0/32GB DDR3        EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X8GB) DIMMS -    CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR4 DRAM
Memory
EM41 - 0/64GB DDR3        EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X16GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR4 DRAM
Memory
EM42 - 0/128GB DDR3       EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X32GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR4 DRAM
Memory
EM44 - 0/256GB DDR3       EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)   Yes
Memory (4X64GB) DIMMS -   CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,
1066 MHz - POWER7+ CoD    DDR4 DRAM
Memory
EMA2 - Activation of 1    EMA5 - 1GB Memory         No
GB DDR3 Memory            Activation
EMA3 - Activation of 100  EMA6 - Quantity of 100    No
GB DDR3 POWER7+ Memory    1GB Memory Activations
                          (#EMA5)
EMAG - 100 GB Mobile      EMA9 - 100 GB Mobile      No
Enabled Memory            Enabled Memory
Activations               Activations
EMA4 - 100 GB Mobile      EMAF - 100 GB Mobile      No
Memory Activation         Memory Activation
                          (Upgrade from P7)

Feature conversions for 9117-MMD to 9080-MME processor features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
4992 - Single 5250        EB2R - Single 5250        No
Enterprise Enablement     Enterprise Enablement
4997 - Full 5250          EB30 - Full 5250          No
Enterprise Enablement     Enterprise Enablement
ELJ1 - Power IFL          ELJ5 - Power IFL          No
Processor Activation      Processor Activation
ELJ4 - Power IFL          ELJ5 - Power IFL          No
Processor Activation      Processor Activation
EP22 - 1-Core Mobile      EP2U - 1-Core Mobile      No
Activation                Activation from Power 7
EPM0 - 4.22 GHz Proc      EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core  Yes
Card, 0/12 Core POWER7+,  POWER8 processor
16 DDR3 Memory Slots
EPM1 - 3.80 GHz Proc      EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core  Yes
Card, 0/16 Core POWER7+,  POWER8 processor
16 DDR3 Memory Slots
EPMA - 1-Core Activation  EPBJ - 1 core Processor   No
for Processor Feature     Activation for #EPBA
EPM0
EPMB - 1-Core Activation  EPBJ - 1 core Processor   No
for Processor Feature     Activation for #EPBA
EPM1
EPMC - #EPM0 Processor    EPBN - 1 core Processor   No
Activation, Mobile        Activation for #EPBA,
Enabled                   Mobile Eabled
EPMD - #EPM1 Processor    EPBN - 1 core Processor   No
Activation, Mobile        Activation for #EPBA,
Enabled                   Mobile Eabled

Feature conversions for 9117-MMD to 9080-MME system unit base features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
EB85 - System CEC         EBA0 - 5U system node     Yes
Enclosure with IBM        drawer
BEZEL, I/O Backplane,
and System Midplane
EB86 - System CEC         EBA0 - 5U system node     Yes
Enclosure with OEM        drawer
BEZEL, I/O Backplane,
and System Midplane

Feature conversions for 9117-MMD to 9080-MME virtualization engine features:

                                                    Parts
From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
------------------------- ------------------------- --------
7942 - PowerVM -Standard  5228 - PowerVM            No
Edition                   Enterprise Edition
7995 - PowerVM -          5228 - PowerVM            No
Enterprise Edition        Enterprise Edition
ELJ3 - Power IFL PowerVM  ELJJ - Power IFL PowerVM  No
for Linux                 for Linux

Back to topBack to top
 
Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Physical specifications

IBM Power E870C model MME

  • System node
    • Width: 445 mm (17.5 in.)
    • Depth: 902 mm (35.5 in.)
    • Height: 219 mm (8.6 in.) 5 EIA units
    • Weight: 75.7 kg (167 lb)
  • System control unit
    • Width: 434 mm (17.1 in.)
    • Depth: 813 mm (32.0 in.)
    • Height: 86 mm (3.4 in.) 2 EIA units
    • Weight: 23.6 kg (52 lb)
  • PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
    • Width: 482 mm (19 in.)
    • Depth: 802 mm (31.6 in)
    • Height: 173 mm (6.8 in.) 4 EIA units
    • Weight: 54.4 kg (120 lb)

To help assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM, industry-standard racks, review the vendor's installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment

  • Temperature:
    • 5 to 45 degrees C (41 to 113 F) nonoperating
    • 18 to 30 degrees C (64 to 86 F) recommended operating
    • 5 to 40 degrees C (41 to 104 F) allowable operating
    • Derate maximum allowable dry-bulb temperature 1 degrees C (1.8 F) per 175 m (574 ft) above 950 m (3,117 ft)
  • Relative humidity (noncondensing):
    • 8% to 80% nonoperating
    • 20% to 80% operating
  • Maximum dew point:
    • 28 degrees C (82 F) nonoperating
    • 29 degrees C (84 F) operating
  • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V AC
  • Operating frequency: 50 to 60 Hz +/-3 Hz
  • Power consumption: 4,150 watts maximum (per system node)
  • Power source loading: 4.2 kVA maximum (per system node)
  • Thermal output: 14,164 Btu/hr maximum (per system node)
  • Power consumption: 510 watts maximum per PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion drawer
  • Power source loading: .520 kVA maximum per PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion drawer
  • Thermal output: 1,740 Btu/hr maximum per I/O Expansion drawer
  • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)
  • Noise level:
    • One enclosure with all cores active:
      • 7.7 bels (operating/idle : A-Weighted Sound Power Level)
      • 7.15 bels (operating/idle : A-Weighted Sound Power Level) with acoustic rack door
      • 9.5 bels (heavy workload and DPS-FP mode: A-Weighted Sound Power Level)
      • 8.85 bels (heavy workload and DPS-FP mode: A-Weighted Sound Power Level) with acoustic rack door
    • Two enclosures with all cores active:
      • 8.0 bels (operating/idle: A-Weighted Sound Power Level)
      • 7.45 bels (operating/idle: A-Weighted Sound Power Level) with acoustic rack door
      • 9.8 bels (heavy workload and DPS-FP mode: A-Weighted Sound Power Level)
      • 9.15 bels (heavy workload and DPS-FP mode: A-Weighted Sound Power Level) with acoustic rack door

The Power E870C must be installed in a rack with a rear door and side panels for EMC compliance. The native HMC Ethernet ports must use shielded Ethernet cables.

Note: Government regulations, such as those prescribed by OSHA or European Community Directives, may govern noise level exposure in the workplace and may apply to you and your server installation. This IBM system is available with an optional acoustical door feature that can help reduce the noise emitted from this system. The actual sound pressure levels in your installation depend upon a variety of factors, including the number of racks in the installation; the size, materials, and configuration of the room where you designate the racks to be installed; the noise levels from other equipment; the room ambient temperature, and employees' location in relation to the equipment. Further, compliance with such government regulations also depends upon a variety of additional factors, including the duration of employees' exposure and whether employees wear hearing protection. IBM recommends that you consult with qualified experts in this field to determine whether you are in compliance with the applicable regulations.

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • US: FCC CFR, Title 47, Part 15, EMI Class A
  • EEA, Turkey: EU Council Directive 2004/108/EC, EMI Class A
  • Japan: VCCI Council, EMI Class A
  • Korea: KCC, EMI Class A
  • China (PRC): CPCS, EMI Class A
  • Taiwan: Taiwan BSMI, EMI Class A
  • Australia\New Zealand: ACMA, EMI Class A
  • Canada: ICES-003, EMI Class A
  • Russia: GOST R, EMI Class A
  • Saudi Arabia: MoCI, EMI Class A
  • Vietnam: MPT, EMI Class A

Homologation -- Telecom Type Approval

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France.

The Power E870C system nodes or system control unit or PCIe Gen3 Expansion units are not certified for connection to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions and for information on PCIe adapters that can be used in the system and which are certified.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • UL 60950-1:2007 Underwriters Laboratory
  • CAN/CSA22.2 No. 60950-1-07
  • EN60950-1:2006 European Norm
  • IEC 60950-1 2nd Edition + all National Differences

General requirements

The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Homologation

The Power E870C system nodes or system control unit or PCIe Gen3 Expansion units are not certified for direct connection to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions and for information on PCIe adapters that can be used in the system and which are certified.

Limitations

The 9080-MME and 9080-MHE have the following limitations:

  • Memory rules and restrictions for the Power E880C (9080-MHE) and E870C (9080-MME) servers:
    • The first (in plug order) 16 memory DIMM slots of each system node must always be populated to ensure each SCM has at least one memory feature. Using the same memory capacity feature (equal memory CDIMM sizes) can typically provide optimal memory performance, but is not required.
  • PowerVM Enterprise Edition is standard on the 9080-MHE and 9080-MME. Enterprise Edition includes PowerVP, Active Memory Expansion (AME), Active Memory Deduplication, and Live Partition Mobility (LPM).

    Note: AME is not part of PowerVM Enterprise Edition. AME is an extra feature (#EM82) and will be charged.

  • Active Memory Mirroring is standard on the 9080-MHE and 9080-MME.
  • For same-serial-number upgrades, all features that are not supported on the 9080-MHE and 9080-MME must be removed.
  • Static memory activations can be converted during a D-model, same- serial-number upgrade, and mobile activations can be moved to POWER8 servers in a Power Systems Enterprise Pool.
  • The system node or system control unit or PCIe3 I/O drawer does not provide a serial port to which a UPS communication cable can be attached for IBM i such as is available on smaller Power servers. Clients should use standard data center electrical power backup options used by many larger data centers.
  • The PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer has a few adapter plugging considerations:
    • The following adapters are only supported in slot c6 of either fanout module (maximum of two adapters per drawer)
      • 4-Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter (#5785)
      • PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem (#2893/2894)
      • POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator (#5748)
    • The following 4-port SAS adapters are not supported in slots C2 or C5 of either fanout module (maximum of eight adapters per drawer).
      • PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ0J)
      • PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ10)
      • PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ0L)
  • PCIe3 12 GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14)

Hardware requirements

Minimum system configuration

The 9080-MME main components are the system node and the system control unit. The system node is 5 EIA units and the system control unit is 2 EIA units.

When either AIX or Linux are the primary operating systems, the order must include a minimum of the following items:

Feature       Description
number
------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
EPBA x 1      4.024 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor module
EPBJ x 8      1-core Processor Activation for #EPBA
EM8J x 4      64 GB (4 x 16 GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4 Gb DDR3 DRAM
EMA5 x 128    1 GB Memory Activation
EMA6 x 1      Quantity of 100 1 GB Memory Activations
EBA0 x 1      5U system node drawer
EU0A x 2      Service Processor
0728 x 1      EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
or
0837 x 1      SAN Load Source Specify
or
EHR2 x 1      Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or
              #ELLS)
or
EHR1 x 1      Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or
              #ELLL)
EBA2 x 1      IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
ECCA x 1      System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1
EBAA x 1      AC Power Chunnels
9300/97xx x 1 Language Group Specify
2146 x 1      Primary Operating System Indicator - AIX
or
2147 x 1      Primary Operating System Indicator - Linux

When IBM i is the primary operating system, the order must include a minimum of the following items:

Feature       Description
number
------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
EPBA x 1      4.024 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor module
EPBJ x 8      1-core Processor Activation for #EPBA
EM8J x 4      64 GB (4 x 16 GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4 Gb DDR3 DRAM
EMA5 x 128    1 GB Memory Activation
EMA6 x 1      Quantity of 100 1 GB Memory Activations
EBA0 x 1      5U system node drawer
EU0A x 2      Service Processor
0728 x 1      EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
or
0837 x 1      SAN Load Source Specify
or
EHR2 x 1      Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or
              #ELLS)
or
EHR1 x 1      Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or
              #ELLL)
0040 x 1      Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
or
0041 x 1      Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
or
0043 x 1      Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
or
0047 x 1      Device Parity RAID 6 All, Specify Code
or
0308 x 1      Mirrored Level System Specify Code
5550 x 1      Sys Console On HMC
or
5557 x 1      System Console-Ethernet No IOP
EBA2 x 1      IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
ECCA x 1      System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1
EBAA x 1      AC Power Chunnels
9300/97xx x 1 Language Group Specify
2145 x 1      Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM i

IBM i configuration requires a DVD to be available. The DVD can be in the system control unit or it can be located elsewhere, for example, in an IBM Multimedia drawer such as the 7226-1U3. If in the system control unit, then use:

Feature  Description
number
-------- --------------------------------------
EU13 x 1 SATA Slimline DVD-RAM with write CACHE
EC45 x 1 PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
or
EC46 x 1 PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EBK4 x 1 1.6 meter USB cable

Notes:

  • Additional optional features can be added, as wanted. IBM i systems require a DVD to be available to the system. This DVD can be located in the system control unit (DVD feature #EU13) or it can be located externally in an enclosure like the 7226-1U3. A USB PCIe adapter such as feature EC45 is required for feature EU13. A SAS PCIe adapter such as feature EJ11 is required to attach a SATA DVD in the 7226.
  • Feature-coded racks are allowed for I/O expansion only.
  • A machine type/model rack, if wanted, should be ordered as the primary rack.
  • A minimum number of eight processor activations must be ordered per system.
  • A minimum of four memory features per system node is required.
  • Power Integrated Facility for Linux Package feature (#ELJG) is a chargeable feature that will cause IBM configuration tools to add the proper quantity of no-charge features associated with processor activations (#ELJ5), and memory activations (#ELJH). This feature delivers a quantity of four processor activations, a quantity of thirty-two 1 GB memory activations and a quantity of four PowerVM for Linux licenses for four processor cores. When the number of ELJG features ordered is equal to defined system minimum order requirements for static processor and memory activations, the activation requirement is satisfied.
  • At least 50% of available memory must be activated through a combination of features EMA5, EMA6, and EMA9.
  • Memory sizes can differ across the four SCMs of the system node, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same SCM must be filled with identical memory sizes (one or two identical memory features per SCM).
  • If SAN Load Source Specify (#0837) is ordered, features 0040, 0041, 0043, 0047, and 0308 are not supported.
  • The language group is auto-selected based on geographic rules.
  • No feature numbers are assigned for the following:
    • Four AC power supplies are delivered as part of the system node. No features are assigned to power supplies. Four line cords are auto-selected according to geographic rules.
    • Two default AC PDU to wall cables are included. No features are assigned. Cables are auto-selected according to geographic rules.
    • There must be one system control unit on each system. The system control unit is considered the system with the system serial number.
  • One HMC is required for every 9080-MME (physical hardware HMC or a virtual appliance (vHMC)); however, a communal HMC is acceptable. HMCs supported on POWER8 hardware are 7042-CR5, or later.

Stand-alone and rack integration options

The 9080-MME default order will be without a rack (stand-alone).

The 9080-MME integration in a 2.0 m (19 in.) or 42 EIA enterprise rack (7014-T42 or #0553) provides the following:

  • Proper dimensions
  • Mounting surfaces
  • Power distribution
  • Ventilation
  • Stability
  • Other functional requirements

A single 7014-T42 rack can be ordered containing one or two Power E870C systems. Note that care must be taken anytime you order a pair of Power 870 servers in a rack to ensure there is space for horizontal PDUs, future system node additions, and anything else the rack needs to contain.

A client can order one factory-integrated system node and later order a second system node to be installed in the same rack at the client establishment. On initial order, if the rack contains a system node, the 7014-T42 machine/type must be ordered.(1)If a MES same-serial-number upgrade, the 0553 feature must be ordered.(1) See also deracking feature ER21.

Only horizontal PDUs are used by IBM Manufacturing in racks hosting the 9080-MME system nodes. Each PDU will occupy a separate 1 EIA to aid cable routing.

Minimum requirements for a 7014-T42 rack integration option:

The 7014-T42 rack is optional for the 9080-MME.

Feature  Description
number
-------- -------------------------------------------------------------
ER10 x 1 Rack Content Specify first enclosure - 7 EIA
or
ER11 x 1 Rack Content Specify second enclosure - 12 EIA
or
ER12 x 1 Rack Content Specify third enclosure - 17 EIA
or
ER13 x 1 Rack Content Specify fourth enclosure - 22 EIA
ER2B x 1 Rack Content Specify: Reserve 2U Rack Space at Bottom of Rack
or
ER2T x 1 Rack Content Specify: Reserve 2U Rack Space at Top of Rack
ER14 x 2 Rack Content Specify 1U Horizontal PDU - 1 EIA
ERG0 x 1 Rack Rear Extension (defaulted and recommended, but optional)

Hardware Management Console (HMC) machine code

If attaching an HMC to a new server or adding function to an existing server that requires a firmware update, the HMC machine code may need to be updated. To determine the HMC machine code level required for the firmware level on any server, go to the following website to access the Fix Level Recommendation Tool (FLRT) on or after the planned availability date for this product. FLRT will identify the correct HMC machine code for the selected system firmware level.

If a single HMC is attached to multiple servers, the HMC machine code level must be updated to the server with the most recent firmware level. All prior levels of server firmware are supported with the latest HMC machine code level.

An HMC is required to manage POWER8 processor-based system nodes implementing partitioning. Multiple POWER8 processor-based system nodes can be supported by a single HMC.

If an HMC is used to manage any POWER8 processor-based system node, the HMC must be 7042-CR5, or later.

When PowerVC is enabled, 4 GB of RAM is recommended. HMC 7042-CR5 ships with a default of 2 GB RAM.

Software requirements

If installing the AIX operating system LPAR with any I/O configuration (one of these):

  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level Service Pack 6, or later
  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level Service Pack 4, and APAR IV63331, or later
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level Service Pack 6, or later
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level Service Pack 4, and APAR IV63332, or later
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level, or later

If installing the AIX operating system Virtual I/O only LPAR (one of these):

  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level, or later

If installing the IBM i operating system (one of these):

  • IBM i 7.1 with 7.1.0 machine code RS710-S, or later
  • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
  • IBM i 7.3, or later

See the IBM Prerequisite website for compatibility information for hardware features and the corresponding AIX and IBM i Technology Levels.

If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.0, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
  • Ubuntu 16.04, or later

If installing VIOS:

  • VIOS 2.2.3.70, or later
  • VIOS 2.2.4.20, or later

Java is supported on POWER8 servers. For best exploitation of the outstanding performance capabilities and most recent improvements of POWER8 technology, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 8, Java 7, or Java 6, whenever possible. For those clients who want to run Java in AIX environments, see the IBM AIX Download and service information webpage.

For Linux (including POWER Linux), see the Linux Download information webpage.

For those clients who want to run Java in IBM i environments, read the following planning statements:

  • Java 1.4.2 and Java 5 are not supported environments for IBM i 7.2 or IBM i 7.1.
  • Java 6 is not a supported environment for IBM i 7.3.

Clients are strongly encouraged to move to a more current supported version: Java 6, Java 7, Java 7.1, or Java 8.
Back to topBack to top
 

Publications

IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:

  • Licenses, notices, safety, and warranty information
  • Planning for the system
  • Installing and configuring the system
  • Troubleshooting, service, and support
  • Installing, configuring, and managing consoles, terminals, and interfaces
  • Installing operating systems
  • Creating a virtual computing environment
  • Enclosures and expansion units
  • Glossary

IBM Knowledge Center provides access to the PurePower System Solution documentation at the POWER8 systems information web page.

Product documentation is also available on DVD (SK5T-7087).

The following information is shipped with the 9080-MME:

  • Power Hardware Information DVD (SK5T-7087)
  • Important Notices
  • Warranty Information
  • License Agreement for Machine Code

For hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information, available to download or view, go to the IBM support website.

The IBM Knowledge Center provides you with a single point of reference where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access by going to IBM Knowledge Center for all your product information needs.

To access the IBM Publications Center Portal, go to the IBM Publications Center website.

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalog of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided. A large number of publications are available online in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded.
Back to topBack to top
 

Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature availability matrix
TOC Link Feature descriptions


Features - No charge

  • NONE

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • Administrative
    • (#0465) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5887, EL1S
    • (#EBC0) -Blockchain on Power
    • (#ECP0) -Cloud Private Solution
    • (#ESC0) -S&H - No Charge
  • Languages
    • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
    • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) -Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
    • (#9727) -Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
    • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
    • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai
  • Linecords
    • (#EPAC) -Auto Selected HVDC Power Cord
  • Processor
    • (#EPBW) -CBU for Power Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor
  • Miscellaneous
    • (#1120) -Decline Electronic Service Agent Install Indicator
    • (#1140) -Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
    • (#5000) -Software Preload Required
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator
    • (#ECSM) -Custom Service Specify, Mexico
    • (#ECSP) -Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
    • (#ECSS) -Integrated Solution Packing
    • (#EHKV) -SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE
    • (#EUC1) -Software preload define
    • (#EUC2) -Software preload define
    • (#EUC3) -Software preload define
  • Rack Related
    • (#ER1A) -Specify Reserve 4 EIA Rack Space for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • Services
    • (#ERF1) -RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and HMCs
  • Specify Codes
    • (#0205) -RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
    • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated

      One and only one rack indicator feature is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

    • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#8453) -Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
    • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
    • (#9440) -New AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9441) -New IBM i License Core Counter
    • (#9442) -New Red Hat License Core Counter
    • (#9443) -New SUSE License Core Counter
    • (#9444) -Other AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9445) -Other Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9446) -3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9447) -VIOS Core Counter
    • (#9449) -Other License Core Counter
    • (#9450) -Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • Adapters
    • (#2893) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
    • (#2894) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM
    • (#5260) -PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5269) -PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5270) -PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter
    • (#5271) -PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter
    • (#5273) -PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5274) -PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter
    • (#5276) -PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5277) -PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#5281) -PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter
    • (#5283) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
    • (#5284) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
    • (#5285) -PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
    • (#5287) -PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
    • (#5708) -10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
    • (#5717) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5729) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5744) -PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#5767) -2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5768) -2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5769) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5772) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5774) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5805) -PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5899) -PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5901) -PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5913) -PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
    • (#5924) -Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#EC27) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC28) -PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC29) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC2G) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
    • (#EC2J) -PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
    • (#EC2M) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC2N) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC30) -PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC37) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EC38) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EC3A) -PCIe3 LP 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC3B) -PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC3E) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
    • (#EC3L) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 100GbE (NIC& RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16
    • (#EC3T) -PCIe3 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
    • (#EC41) -PCIe2 LP 3D Graphics Adapter x1
    • (#EC45) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
    • (#EC46) -PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
    • (#EC54) -PCIe3 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter
    • (#EC56) -PCIe3 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter
    • (#EJ07) -PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EJ0J) -PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ0L) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ0M) - PCIe3 LP RAID SAS ADAPTER Quad-Port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ10) -PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ11) -PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ14) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ18) -PCIe3 LP CAPI FlashSystem Accelerator Adapter
    • (#EJ28) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
    • (#EJ33) -PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767
    • (#EN0A) -PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0B) -PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0F) -PCIe2 LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0G) -PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0H) -PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
    • (#EN0J) -PCIe3 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
    • (#EN0K) -PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
    • (#EN0L) -PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
    • (#EN0M) -PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0N) -PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0S) -PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0T) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0U) -PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0V) -PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0W) -PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0X) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0Y) -PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN12) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN13) -PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter

      Not withdrawn in Japan

    • (#EN27) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#EN28) -PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#EN29) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#ESA3) -PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb CR
    • (#EU0A) -Service Processor
  • Administrative
    • (#EHS2) -SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS
    • (#ELJG) -Power Integrated Facility for Linux Package
    • (#ELJJ) -Power IFL PowerVM for Linux
    • (#EME0) -Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion
    • (#EPE0) -Static to Mobile Processor Auto Conversion
    • (#ESC8) -S&H
  • Cable
    • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#1019) -Modem Cable - Australia
    • (#1020) -Modem Cable - HK/NZ
    • (#1025) -Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
    • (#2456) -2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) -2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2934) -3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
    • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer-3.7M
    • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack-8M
    • (#3287) -1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3288) -3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3289) -5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3290) -10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3293) -30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3450) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3451) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3452) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3453) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3454) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3455) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3456) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3457) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3458) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M:
    • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M:
    • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M:
    • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
    • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
    • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
    • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
    • (#3925) -0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#3930) -System Serial Port Converter Cable
    • (#4242) -1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) -Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
    • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
    • (#5915) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5916) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5917) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5918) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#EB27) -QSFP+ 40GBase-SR Transceiver
    • (#EB2B) -1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
    • (#EB2H) -3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
    • (#EB2J) -10m (30.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
    • (#EB50) - 0.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB51) - 1.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB52) - 2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB54) - 1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB59) -100Gb Optical Transceiver QSFP28
    • (#EB5A) - 3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5B) - 5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5C) - 10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5D) - 15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5E) - 20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5F) - 30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5G) - 50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5H) - 100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5J) -0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5K) -1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5L) -1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5M) -2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5R) -3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5S) -5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5T) -10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5U) -15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5V) -20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5W) -30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5X) -50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5Y) -100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB2K) -30m (90.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
    • (#EBK4) -1.6M USB Cable
    • (#ECBJ) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBK) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBL) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBM) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBN) -5m (16.4-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
    • (#ECBT) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBU) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBV) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBW) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBX) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBY) -SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBZ) -SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECC0) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC2) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC3) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC4) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECCA) -System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1
    • (#ECCB) -System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2
    • (#ECDJ) -3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDK) -4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDL) -10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDT) -1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDU) -3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDV) -4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDW) -10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECE0) -0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
    • (#ECE3) -3.0M SAS AA12 Cable
    • (#ECE4) -4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
    • (#ECW0) -Optical Wrap Plug
    • (#EN01) -1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN02) -3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN03) -5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EQ02) -Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#EQ03) -Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • Disk
    • (#1738) -856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1752) -900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1817) -Quantity 150 of #1962
    • (#1818) -Quantity 150 of #1964
    • (#1844) -Quantity 150 of #1956
    • (#1866) -Quantity 150 of #1917
    • (#1868) -Quantity 150 of #1947
    • (#1869) -Quantity 150 of #1925
    • (#1917) -146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1925) -300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1927) -Quantity 150 of #1948
    • (#1929) -Quantity 150 of #1953
    • (#1947) -139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1948) -283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1953) -300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1956) -283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1962) -571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1964) -600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ELSN) -#ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )
    • (#ELT2) -#ESF2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELTN) -#ESFN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224)
    • (#ELTS) -#ESFS Load Source Specify (1.7TB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELTU) -#ESEU Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELTY) -#ESEY Load Source Specify (283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224)
    • (#ELUL) -#ESNL Load Source Specify (283GB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUQ) -#ESNQ Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ38) -Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#EQ52) -Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#EQ62) -Quantity 150 of #ES62 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
    • (#EQ64) -Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
    • (#EQD2) -Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQD3) -Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQDN) -Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM i)
    • (#EQDP) -Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/ LINUX)
    • (#EQEU) -Quantity 150 of #ESEU (571GB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQEV) -Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQEY) -Quantity 150 of #ESEY (283 GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQEZ) -Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQF2) -Quantity 150 of #ESF2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQF3) -Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQFN) -Quantity 150 of #ESFN (571GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQFP) -Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQFS) -Quantity 150 of #ESFS (1.7TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQFT) -Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#ES62) -3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ES64) -7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESD2) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
    • (#ESD3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESDN) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 528 Block (IBM i)
    • (#ESDP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/ Linux)
    • (#ESEU) -571GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
    • (#ESEV) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
    • (#ESEY) -283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
    • (#ESEZ) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
    • (#ESF2) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
    • (#ESF3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
    • (#ESFN) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
    • (#ESFP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
    • (#ESFS) -1.7TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
    • (#ESFT) -1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
    • (#ESNL) -283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#ESNM) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
    • (#ESNQ) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#ESNR) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
    • (#ESPL) -Quantity 150 of #ESNL (283GB 15k SFF-2)
    • (#ESPM) -Quantity 150 of #ESNM (300GB 15k SFF-2)
    • (#ESPQ) -Quantity 150 of #ESNQ (571GB 15k SFF-2)
    • (#ESPR) -Quantity 150 of #ESNR (600GB 15k SFF-2)
  • Display
    • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor
  • Drive
    • (#1106) -USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU01) -1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU15) -1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU2T) -2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
  • Global Resource Activation
    • (#EB35) -Mobile Enablement
    • (#EH35) -Mobile Enablement
  • Keyboards
    • (#EK51) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#EK52) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#EK53) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#EK54) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#EK55) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#EK56) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#EK57) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#EK58) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#EK59) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#EK60) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#EK61) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#EK62) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#EK64) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#EK65) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#EK66) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#EK67) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#EK68) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#EK69) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#EK70) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#EK71) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#EK72) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#EK73) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#EK74) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#EK75) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#EK76) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#EK77) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#EK78) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#EK79) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#EK80) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#EK81) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#EK82) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#EK83) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
  • Linecords
    • (#6458) - Pwr Crd 4.3m 14ft to IBM PDU
    • (#6460) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6469) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 15A) U. S.
    • (#6470) -Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
    • (#6471) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6472) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6473) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6474) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 13A)
    • (#6475) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6476) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6477) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6478) -Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6488) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/ 15A or 250V/10A )
    • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord
    • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#6492) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#6493) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6494) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6496) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6577) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
    • (#6651) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6653) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
    • (#6654) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
    • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Power Cord
    • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/32A Power Cord
    • (#6657) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
    • (#6658) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea
    • (#6659) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6660) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/ 15A)
    • (#6665) - Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)
    • (#6667) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia
    • (#6669) -Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6671) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#ELC0) -PDU Access Cord 0.38m
    • (#ELC5) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)
    • (#EPAD) -2.5 Meter HVDC Power Cord
  • Manufacturing Instruction
    • (#0373) -UPS Factory Integration Specify
    • (#0374) -HMC Factory Integration Specify
    • (#0375) -Display Factory Integration Specify
    • (#0376) -Reserve Rack Space for UPS
    • (#0377) -Reserve Rack Space for HMC
    • (#0378) -Reserve Rack Space for Display
    • (#9359) -specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9360) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9361) -Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9365) -Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9366) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9367) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9368) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9385) -Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#9386) -Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#EJPJ) -Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPK) -Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPL) -Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPM) -Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPN) -Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPR) -Specify mode-2 (2)5903/5805 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPT) -Specify mode-2 (2)5913 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJR1) -Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR2) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR3) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR4) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR5) -Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR6) -Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR7) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRA) -Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)
    • (#EJRB) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRC) -Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJRD) -Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJRE) -Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/ EL1S)
    • (#EJRF) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRG) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRH) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRJ) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRL) -Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter
    • (#EJRP) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRR) -Specify mode-2 1(4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#EJRS) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRT) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRU) -Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#EJS2) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJV1) -Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV2) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV3) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV4) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV5) -Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV6) -Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV7) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVA) -Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVB) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVC) -Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVD) -Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVE) -Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVF) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ ELLL
    • (#EJVG) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVH) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVJ) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVP) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ ELLL
    • (#EJVR) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVS) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVT) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJW1) -Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW2) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW3) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW4) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW5) -Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW6) -Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW7) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWA) -Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWB) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWC) -Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWD) -Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWE) -Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWF) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ ELLS
    • (#EJWG) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWH) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWJ) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWP) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ ELLS
    • (#EJWR) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWS) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWT) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • Media Devices
    • (#EU13) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM with write CACHE
  • Memory
    • (#ELJH) -Power IFL Memory Activation
    • (#EM82) -ACTIVE MEMORY EXPANSION ENABLEMENT
    • (#EM8J) -64GB (4X16GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8K) -128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8L) -256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8M) -512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8U) -64 GB DDR4 Memory (4x16GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8V) -128 GB DDR4 Memory (4x32GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8W) -256 GB DDR4 Memory (4x64GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8X) -512 GB DDR4 Memory (4x128GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8Y) -1024GB (4x256GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT, DDR4 DRAM
    • (#EM9T) -90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement
    • (#EMA5) -1GB Memory Activation
    • (#EMA6) -Quantity of 100 1GB Memory Activations (#EMA5)
    • (#EMA7) -100 GB Mobile Memory Activations
    • (#EMA9) -100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations
    • (#EMAF) -100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (Upgrade from P7)
    • (#EMB6) -Bundle of eight #EM8M, 512GB 1600 MHz Memory
    • (#EMB7) - Memory Activations for #EMB6 or #EMBA
    • (#EMB8) -Five Hundred and Twelve Memory Activations for IFL
    • (#EMBA) - Bundle of eight #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz DDR4 Memory
    • (#EMBB) -Memory Activations for #EMBA
    • (#EMBC) -1,024 Memory Activations for IFL
    • (#EMJ4) - 8 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
    • (#EMJ5) - 800 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
    • (#EMJ6) -999 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
  • Miscellaneous
    • (#2145) -Primary OS - IBM i
    • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
    • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
    • (#4891) -CBU SPECIFY
    • (#6586) -Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
    • (#ECS0) -Indicator Assembled and Tested in China
    • (#ECSF) -Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France
    • (#ECSJ) -NeuCloud Indicator/Specify
  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse
  • Power
    • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
    • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit
    • (#7196) -Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal, Fixed Power Cord
    • (#EBAA) -AC Power Chunnels
    • (#EBAD) -DC Power Chunnels
    • (#EMXA) -AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EMXB) -DC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EPAA) -HVDC PDU - 90A 6xOutlet
    • (#EPCS) -Power Enterprise IaaS offer indicator
    • (#EPTJ) -High Function 9xC19 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#EPTL) -High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#EPTN) -High Function 12xC13 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#EPTQ) -High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#ESLA) -Specify AC Power Supply for EXP12SX/EXP24SX Storage Enclosure
  • Processor
    • (#EB2R) -Single 5250 Enterprise Enablement
    • (#EB30) -Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
    • (#ELJ5) -Power IFL Processor Activation
    • (#EP2S) -1-Core Mobile Activation
    • (#EP2U) -1-Core Mobile Activation from Power 7
    • (#EP9T) -90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement
    • (#EPBA) -4.02 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor
    • (#EPBJ) -1 core Processor Activation for #EPBA or #EPBW
    • (#EPBN) -1 core Mobile Enabled Processor Activation for #EPBA or #EPBW
    • (#EPJ6) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBA, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJ7) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBA, IBM i
    • (#EPJ8) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBA. AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJ9) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBA. IBM i
    • (#EPJA) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBA, AIX/ Linux
    • (#EPJB) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBA, IBM i
  • Rack Related
    • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
    • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
    • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
    • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
    • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
    • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#6246) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6247) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
    • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
    • (#7780) -2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
    • (#7840) -Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
    • (#7841) -Ruggedize Rack Kit
    • (#EB2Z) -Lift Tool
    • (#EBA0) -5U system node drawer
    • (#EBA2) -IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#EBA4) -OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#EBA5) -HVDC PDU Horizontal Mounting
    • (#EB3Z) -Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)
    • (#EB4Z) -Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z
    • (#EC01) -Rack Front Door (Black)
    • (#EC02) -Rack Rear Door
    • (#EC03) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#EC04) -Rack Suite Attachment Kit
    • (#EC07) -Slim Rear Acoustic Door
    • (#EC08) -Slim Front Acoustic Door
    • (#EC15) -Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
    • (#ECR0) -2.0 Meter Slim Rack
    • (#ECRF) -Rack Front Door High-End appearance
    • (#ECRG) -Rack Rear Door Black
    • (#ECRJ) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#ECRK) -Rack Rear Extension 5-In
    • (#ECRM) -Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
    • (#EMX0) -PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
    • (#EMXF) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EMXG) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EPTH) -Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware
    • (#ER05) -42U Slim Rack
    • (#ER16) -Indicator, reserve 5 EIA rack space
    • (#ER21) -Field Integration of Rack and Server
    • (#ERG0) -Rear rack extension
    • (#ERG7) -Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#ERGB) -Acoustic Black Front Door
    • (#ESLL) -EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure
    • (#ESLS) -EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure
  • Services
    • (#0010) -One CSC Billing Unit
    • (#0011) -Ten CSC Billing Units
    • (#EUC6) -Core Use HW Feature
    • (#EUC7) -Core Use HW Feature 10X
  • Solid State Drive
    • (#0894) -#ES0D Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i)
    • (#EH10) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
    • (#EH11) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
    • (#EH12) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
    • (#EH13) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
    • (#EH14) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
    • (#EH15) -Qty 150 Gen2-S Conversion Carriers for feature EQ0A 387GB SSD
    • (#EH16) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD (IBM i)
    • (#EH17) -Qty 150 GEN2-S Conversion Carriers for Feature EQ0B 387GB SSD (IBM i)
    • (#ELS9) -#ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELSH) -#ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELSR) -#ES0R Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
    • (#ELST) -#ES0T Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
    • (#ELT1) -#ES81 Load Source Specify (1.9TB SFF-2 SSD)
    • (#ELT6) -#ES86 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
    • (#ELT9) -#ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
    • (#ELTD) -#ES8D Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
    • (#ELTF) -#ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
    • (#ELTG) -#ES8G Load Source Specify (1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
    • (#ELZ6) -#ESG6 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZ7) -#ES97 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZ8) -#ESE8 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZC) -#ESGC Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZG) -#ESGG Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZL) -#ESGL Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZQ) -#ESGQ Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZZ) -#ES8Z Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0C) -Quantity of 150 #ES0C
    • (#EQ0D) -Quantity of 150 #ES0D
    • (#EQ0G) -Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0H) -Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0Q) -Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
    • (#EQ0R) -Quantity 150 of #ES0R 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
    • (#EQ0S) -Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
    • (#EQ0T) -Quantity 150 of #ES0T 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
    • (#EQ19) -Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ1A) -Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ78) -Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ79) -Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ7E) -Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ7F) -Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ80) -Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ81) -Quantity 150 of ES81 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ85) -Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ86) -Quantity 150 of #ES86 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8C) -Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8D) -Quantity 150 of #ES8D 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8F) -Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8G) -Quantity 150 of #ES8G 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8Y) -Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8Z) -Quantity 150 of ES8Z 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ96) -Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ97) -Quantity 150 of ES97 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQE7) -Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQE8) -Quantity 150 of ESE8 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQG5) -Quantity 150 of #ESG5 (387GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQG6) -Quantity 150 of #ESG6 (387GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQGB) -Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGC) -Quantity 150 of #ESGC (387GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGF) -Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQGG) -Quantity 150 of #ESGG (775GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQGK) -Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGL) -Quantity 150 of #ESGL (775GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGP) -Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGQ) -Quantity 150 of #ESGQ (1.55TB SAS 4k)
    • (#ERHJ) -Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHK) -Quantity 150 of #ESHK 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHL) -Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHM) -Quantity 150 of #ESHM 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERM8) -Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERM9) -Quantity 150 of #ESM9 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ES0C) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0D) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ES0G) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0H) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0Q) -387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0R) -387GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0S) -775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0T) -775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES19) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES1A) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES2C) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES2D) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES78) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES79) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES7E) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES7F) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES80) -1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES81) -1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES85) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES86) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES8C) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES8D) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES8F) -1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES8G) -1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES8Y) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSDfor AIX/Linux
    • (#ES8Z) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSDfor IBM i
    • (#ES96) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES97) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESE7) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESE8) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESG5) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESG6) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGB) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGC) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGF) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGG) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGK) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGL) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGP) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGQ) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESHJ) -931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESHK) -931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESHL) -1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESHM) -1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESM8) -3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESM9) -3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
  • Specify Codes
    • (#0040) -Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
    • (#0041) -Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
    • (#0043) -Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
    • (#0047) -Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
    • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0267) -IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
    • (#0296) -Specify Custom Data Protection
    • (#0308) -Mirrored Level System Specify Code
    • (#0347) -RAID Hot Spare Specify
    • (#0567) -IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
    • (#0728) -EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
    • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify
    • (#0871) -#1947 Load Source Specify (139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive for IBM i)
    • (#0872) -#1948 Load Source Specify (283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
    • (#0874) -#1956 Load Source Specify (283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
    • (#0875) -#1962 Load Source Specify (571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
    • (#0880) -#1738 Load Source Specify (856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
    • (#0911) -#ESD2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#5550) -Sys Console On HMC
    • (#5557) -System Console-Ethernet LAN adapter
    • (#EB72) -IBM i 7.2 Indicator
    • (#EB73) -IBM i 7.3 Indicator
    • (#EH80) -MT 9080 Specify code
    • (#EHR1) -Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or #ELLL)
    • (#EHR2) -Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or #ELLS)
    • (#ELS0) -Boot From Existing Drive Specified
    • (#ELZ9) -#ESM9 Load Source Specify (3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
    • (#ELZK) -#ESHK Load Source Specify (931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2)
    • (#ELZM) -#ESHM Load Source Specify (1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
  • Virtualization Engine
    • (#5228) -PowerVM Enterprise Edition
    • (#EC18) -CAPI Activation

Feature availability matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9080 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

         M  A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
         M  N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
         E 
           
FEAT/PN            DESCRIPTION
-------- - ----------------------------------------------------------
0010     A  One CSC Billing Unit
0011     A  Ten CSC Billing Units
0040     A  Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
0041     A  Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
0043     A  Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
0047     A  Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
0205     A  RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
0265     A  AIX Partition Specify
0266     A  Linux Partition Specify
0267     A  IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
0296     A  Specify Custom Data Protection
0308     A  Mirrored Level System Specify Code
0347     A  RAID Hot Spare Specify
0348     A  V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0353     A  V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359     A  X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0373     A  UPS Factory Integration Specify
0374     A  HMC Factory Integration Specify
0375     A  Display Factory Integration Specify
0376     A  Reserve Rack Space for UPS
0377     A  Reserve Rack Space for HMC
0378     A  Reserve Rack Space for Display
0465     A  SSD Placement Indicator - 5887, EL1S
0551     A  19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553     A  19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0567     S  IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
0599     A  Rack Filler Panel Kit
0728     A  EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
0837     A  SAN Load Source Specify
0871     A  #1947 Load Source Specify (139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk
           Drive for IBM i)
0872     A  #1948 Load Source Specify (283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
0874     A  #1956 Load Source Specify (283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
0875     A  #1962 Load Source Specify (571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
0880     S  #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
0894     A  #ES0D Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i)
0911     A  #ESD2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
1019     A  Modem Cable - Australia
1020     A  Modem Cable - HK/NZ
1025     A  Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1106     S  USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
1107     A  USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1120     A  Decline Electronic Service Agent Install Indicator
1140     A  Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
1738     S  856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1752     S  900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1817     A  Quantity 150 of #1962
1818     A  Quantity 150 of #1964
1844     S  Quantity 150 of #1956
1866     S  Quantity 150 of #1917
1868     S  Quantity 150 of #1947
1869     S  Quantity 150 of #1925
1917     S  146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1925     S  300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1927     A  Quantity 150 of #1948
1929     A  Quantity 150 of #1953
1947     S  139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1948     A  283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1953     A  300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1956     S  283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1962     A  571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1964     A  600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
2145     A  Primary OS - IBM i
2146     A  Primary OS - AIX
2147     A  Primary OS - Linux
2456     A  2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459     A  2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2893     S  PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2894     S  PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM
2934     A  3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936     A  Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
3124     A  Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125     A  Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3287     A  1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3288     A  3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3289     A  5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3290     A  10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3293     A  30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3450     A  SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3451     A  SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3452     A  SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3453     A  SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3454     A  SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3455     A  SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3456     A  SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3457     A  SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3458     A  SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3632     S  Widescreen LCD Monitor
3661     A  SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
           Dual Path 3M:
3662     A  SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
           Dual Path 6M:
3663     A  SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
           Dual Path 15M:
3691     A  SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
           Dual Path 1.5 M
3692     A  SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
           Dual Path 3 M
3693     A  SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
           Dual Path 6 M
3694     A  SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
           Dual Path 15 M
3925     A  0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3927     A  Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928     A  Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930     A  System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242     S  1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
           to 15-pin D-shell)
4256     A  Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
4276     A  VGA to DVI Connection Converter
 One and only one rack indicator feature is required on
 all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650     A  Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4891     A  CBU SPECIFY
5000     A  Software Preload Required
5228     A  PowerVM Enterprise Edition
5260     A  PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5269     A  PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
5270     S  PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter
5271     S  PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter
5273     A  PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5274     S  PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter
5276     S  PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5277     A  PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
5281     S  PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter
5283     S  PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
5284     S  PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
5285     S  PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
5287     S  PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
5550     A  Sys Console On HMC
5557     A  System Console-Ethernet LAN adapter
5708     S  10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5717     S  4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5729     A  PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
5735     A  8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5744     S  PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
5767     S  2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768     S  2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5769     S  10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5772     S  10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
5774     S  4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5785     A  4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5805     S  PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5887     S  EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899     A  PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5901     A  PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
5913     S  PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
5915     A  SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5916     A  SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5917     A  SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5918     A  SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5924     S  Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
6068     A  Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069     A  Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6246     S  1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6247     S  2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6248     A  1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249     A  2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6263     A  1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272     A  2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6458     A  Pwr Crd 4.3m 14ft to IBM PDU
6460     A  Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6469     A  Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A)
           U. S.
6470     A  Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
6471     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6472     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)
6473     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6474     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)
6475     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6476     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6477     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6478     A  Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6488     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A
           or 250V/10A )
6489     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord
6491     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord
6492     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A 200-240V Power Cord
6493     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6494     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6496     A  Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6577     A  Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580     A  Optional Rack Security Kit
6586     S  Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651     A  Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6653     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
6654     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
6655     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Power Cord
6656     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
6657     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
6658     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea
6659     A  Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660     A  Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)
6665     A  Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)
6667     A  4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia
6669     A  Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6671     A  Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672     A  Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680     A  Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
7109     A  Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7118     A  Environmental Monitoring Probe
7188     A  Power Distribution Unit
7196     A  Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal,
           Fixed Power Cord
7780     S  2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
7802     A  Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
           Unit
7840     S  Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
7841     S  Ruggedize Rack Kit
8453     A  Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
8845     S  USB Mouse
9169     A  Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300     A  Language Group Specify - US English
9359     A  specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9360     A  Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9361     A  Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9365     A  Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9366     A  Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9367     A  Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9368     A  Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9385     A  Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9386     A  Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9440     A  New AIX License Core Counter
9441     A  New IBM i License Core Counter
9442     A  New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443     A  New SUSE License Core Counter
9444     A  Other AIX License Core Counter
9445     A  Other Linux License Core Counter
9446     A  3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447     A  VIOS Core Counter
9449     A  Other License Core Counter
9450     A  Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter
9461     A  Month Indicator
9462     A  Day Indicator
9463     A  Hour Indicator
9464     A  Minute Indicator
9465     A  Qty Indicator
9466     A  Countable Member Indicator
9700     A  Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703     A  Language Group Specify - French
9704     A  Language Group Specify - German
9705     A  Language Group Specify - Polish
9706     A  Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707     A  Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708     A  Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711     A  Language Group Specify - Italian
9712     A  Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714     A  Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715     A  Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716     A  Language Group Specify - Korean
9718     A  Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719     A  Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720     A  Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721     A  Language Group Specify - Russian
9722     A  Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724     A  Language Group Specify - Czech
9725     A  Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726     A  Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727     A  Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728     A  Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729     A  Language Group Specify - Thai
EB27     A  QSFP+ 40GBase-SR Transceiver
EB2B     A  1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
EB2H     A  3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
EB2J     A  10m (30.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
EB2K     A  30m (90.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
EB2R     A  Single 5250 Enterprise Enablement
EB2Z     A  Lift Tool
EB30     A  Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
EB35     A  Mobile Enablement
EB3Z     A  Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)
EB4Z     A  Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z
EB50     A  0.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB51     A  1.0M  EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB52     A  2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB54     A  1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB59     A  100Gb Optical Transceiver QSFP28
EB5A     A  3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5B     A  5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5C     A  10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5D     A  15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5E     A  20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5F     A  30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5G     A  50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5H     A  100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5J     A  0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5K     A  1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5L     A  1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5M     A  2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5R     A  3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5S     A  5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5T     A  10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5U     A  15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5V     A  20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5W     A  30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5X     A  50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5Y     A  100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB72     A  IBM i 7.2 Indicator
EB73     A  IBM i 7.3 Indicator
EBA0     A  5U system node drawer
EBA2     A  IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
EBA4     A  OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
EBA5     S  HVDC PDU Horizontal Mounting
EBAA     A  AC Power Chunnels
EBAD     S  DC Power Chunnels
EBC0     A  Blockchain on Power
EBK4     A  1.6M USB Cable
EC01     A  Rack Front Door (Black)
EC02     A  Rack Rear Door
EC03     A  Rack Side Cover
EC04     A  Rack Suite Attachment Kit
EC07     A  Slim Rear Acoustic Door
EC08     A  Slim Front Acoustic Door
EC15     A  Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
EC18     A  CAPI Activation
EC27     S  PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
EC28     S  PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
EC29     S  PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
EC2G     S  PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
EC2J     S  PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
EC2M     A  PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC2N     A  PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC30     S  PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
EC37     A  PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC38     A  PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC3A     A  PCIe3 LP 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
EC3B     A  PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
EC3E     A  PCIe3 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
EC3L     A  PCIe3 LP 2-port 100GbE (NIC& RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16
EC3T     A  PCIe3 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
EC41     S  PCIe2 LP 3D Graphics Adapter x1
EC45     A  PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC46     A  PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC54     A  PCIe3 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter
EC56     A  PCIe3 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter
ECBJ     A  SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBK     A  SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBL     A  SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBM     A  SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBN     A  5m (16.4-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
ECBT     A  SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBU     A  SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBV     A  SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBW     A  SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBX     A  SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBY     A  SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBZ     A  SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECC0     A  SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC2     A  SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC3     A  SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC4     A  SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC6     A  2M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECC8     A  10M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECC9     A  20M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansoin Drawer
ECCA     A  System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1
ECCB     A  System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2
ECDJ     A  3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDK     A  4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to
           Enclosure)
ECDL     A  10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to
           Enclosure)
ECDT     A  1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDU     A  3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDV     A  4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDW     A  10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECE4     A  4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECE0     A  0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECE3     A  3.0M SAS AA12 Cable
ECP0     A  Cloud Private Solution
ECR0     A  2.0 Meter Slim Rack
ECRF     A  Rack Front Door High-End appearance
ECRG     A  Rack Rear Door Black
ECRJ     A  Rack Side Cover
ECRK     A  Rack Rear Extension 5-In
ECRM     A  Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
ECS0     A  Indicator Assembled and Tested in China
ECSF     A  Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France
ECSJ     A  NeuCloud Indicator/Specify
ECSM     A  Custom Service Specify, Mexico
ECSP     A  Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
ECSS     A  Integrated Solution Packing
ECW0     A  Optical Wrap Plug
EH10     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
EH11     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
EH12     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
EH13     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
EH14     S  GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
EH15     S  Qty 150 Gen2-S Conversion Carriers for feature EQ0A 387GB
           SSD
EH16     S  GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD (IBM
           i)
EH17     S  Qty 150 GEN2-S Conversion Carriers for Feature EQ0B 387GB
           SSD (IBM i)
EH35     A  Mobile Enablement
EH80     A  MT 9080 Specify code
EHKV     A  SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE
EHR1     A  Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or
           #ELLL)
EHR2     A  Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or
           #ELLS)
EHS2     A  SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS
EJ07     A  PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EJ0J     A  PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0L     A  PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0M     A  PCIe3 LP RAID SAS ADAPTER Quad-Port 6Gb x8
EJ10     A  PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ11     A  PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ14     A  PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ18     A  PCIe3 LP CAPI FlashSystem Accelerator Adapter
EJ1P     A  PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
EJ28     S  PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
EJ33     A  PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767
EJPJ     A  Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPK     A  Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPL     A  Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPM     A  Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPN     A  Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPR     A  Specify mode-2 (2)5903/5805 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPT     A  Specify mode-2 (2)5913 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJR1     A  Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR2     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR3     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) X for EXP24S
           (#5887/EL1S)
EJR4     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR5     A  Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR6     A  Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) YO for EXP24S
           (#5887/EL1S)
EJR7     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) YO for EXP24S
           (#5887/EL1S)
EJRA     A  Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(1) YO for EXP24S
           (#5887/El1S)
EJRB     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(1) X for EXP24S
           (#5887/EL1S)
EJRC     A  Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRD     A  Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRE     A  Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)
EJRF     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRG     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRH     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRJ     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRL     A  Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter
EJRP     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRR     A  Specify mode-2 1(4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
EJRS     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRT     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRU     A  Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJS1     A  Non-paired Indicator ESA3 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJS2     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS3     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS4     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJV1     A  Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV2     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV3     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV4     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV5     A  Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV6     A  Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV7     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVA     A  Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVB     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVC     A  Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVD     A  Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVE     A  Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVF     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVG     S  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVH     S  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVJ     S  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVP     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVR     S  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVS     S  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVT     S  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJW1     A  Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW2     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW3     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW4     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW5     A  Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW6     A  Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW7     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWA     A  Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWB     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWC     A  Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWD     A  Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWE     A  Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for
           EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWF     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWG     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWH     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWJ     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWP     A  Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWR     A  Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWS     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWT     A  Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EK51     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
EK52     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
EK53     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
EK54     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
EK55     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
EK56     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
EK57     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
EK58     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
EK59     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
EK60     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
EK61     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
EK62     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
EK64     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
EK65     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
EK66     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
EK67     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
EK68     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
EK69     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
EK70     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
EK71     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
EK72     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
EK73     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
EK74     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
EK75     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
EK76     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
EK77     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
EK78     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
EK79     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
EK80     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
EK81     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
EK82     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
EK83     S  Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
ELC0     A  PDU Access Cord 0.38m
ELC5     A  Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)
ELJ5     A  Power IFL Processor Activation
ELJG     A  Power Integrated Facility for Linux Package
ELJH     A  Power IFL Memory Activation
ELJJ     A  Power IFL PowerVM for Linux
ELS0     S  Boot From Existing Drive Specified
ELS9     A  #ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELSH     A  #ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELSN     A  #ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )
ELSR     A  #ES0R Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
ELST     A  #ES0T Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
ELT1     A  #ES81 Load Source Specify (1.9TB SFF-2 SSD)
ELT2     A  #ESF2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB HDD SFF-2)
ELT6     A  #ES86 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
ELT9     A  #ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
ELTD     A  #ES8D Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
ELTF     A  #ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
ELTG     A  #ES8G Load Source Specify (1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
ELTN     A  #ESFN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K
           Block - 4224)
ELTS     A  #ESFS Load Source Specify (1.7TB HDD SFF-2)
ELTU     A  #ESEU Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
ELTY     A  #ESEY Load Source Specify (283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K
           Block - 4224)
ELUL     A  #ESNL Load Source Specify (283GB HDD SFF-2)
ELUQ     A  #ESNQ Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
ELZ6     A  #ESG6 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ7     A  #ES97 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ8     A  #ESE8 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ9     A  #ESM9 Load Source Specify (3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
ELZC     A  #ESGC Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZG     A  #ESGG Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZK     A  #ESHK Load Source Specify (931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2)
ELZL     A  #ESGL Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZM     A  #ESHM Load Source Specify (1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
ELZQ     A  #ESGQ Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZZ     A  #ES8Z Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
EM82     A  ACTIVE MEMORY EXPANSION ENABLEMENT
EM8J     A  64GB (4X16GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8K     A  128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8L     A  256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8M     A  512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8U     A  64 GB DDR4 Memory (4x16GB CDIMMs)
EM8V     A  128 GB DDR4 Memory (4x32GB CDIMMs)
EM8W     A  256 GB DDR4 Memory (4x64GB CDIMMs)
EM8X     A  512 GB DDR4 Memory (4x128GB CDIMMs)
EM8Y     A  1024GB (4x256GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT, DDR4 DRAM
EM9T     A  90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement
EMA5     A  1GB Memory Activation
EMA6     A  Quantity of 100 1GB Memory Activations (#EMA5)
EMA7     A  100 GB Mobile Memory Activations
EMA9     A  100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations
EMAF     A  100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (Upgrade from P7)
EMB6     A  Bundle of eight #EM8M, 512GB 1600 MHz Memory
EMB7     A  Memory Activations for #EMB6 or #EMBA
EMB8     A  Five Hundred and Twelve Memory Activations for IFL
EMBA     A  Bundle of eight #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz DDR4 Memory
EMBB     S  Memory Activations for #EMBA
EMBC     S  1,024 Memory Activations for IFL
EME0     A  Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion
EMJ4     A  8 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
EMJ5     A  800 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
EMJ6     S  999 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
EMX0     A  PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
EMXA     A  AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXB     S  DC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXF     S  PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXG     A  PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EN01     A  1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN02     A  3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN03     A  5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN0A     A  PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0B     A  PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0F     A  PCIe2 LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0G     A  PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0H     A  PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0J     A  PCIe3 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0K     A  PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0L     A  PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0M     S  PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
EN0N     S  PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
EN0S     A  PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0T     A  PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0U     A  PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0V     A  PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0W     A  PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN0X     A  PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN0Y     A  PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN12     A  PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN13     S  PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter
Not withdrawn in Japan
EN14     S  PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter CIM
EN15     A  PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter
EN16     A  PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter
EN17     A  PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EN18     A  PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EN27     S  2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
EN28     S  PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
EN29     A  2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
EP2S     S  1-Core Mobile Activation
EP2U     S  1-Core Mobile Activation from Power 7
EP9T     A  90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement
EPAA     A  HVDC PDU - 90A 6xOutlet
EPAC     A  Auto Selected HVDC Power Cord
EPAD     A  2.5 Meter HVDC Power Cord
EPBA     A  4.02 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor
EPBJ     A  1 core Processor Activation for #EPBA or #EPBW
EPBN     A  1 core Mobile Enabled Processor Activation for #EPBA or #EPBW
EPBW     A  CBU for Power Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz, 32-core
           POWER8 processor
EPCS     A  Power Enterprise IaaS offer indicator
EPE0     A  Static to Mobile Processor Auto Conversion
EPJ6     A  1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBA, AIX/Linux
EPJ7     A  1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBA, IBM i
EPJ8     A  100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBA.
           AIX/Linux
EPJ9     A  100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBA.
           IBM i
EPJA     A  Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBA, AIX/
           Linux
EPJB     A  Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBA, IBM i
EPTH     A  Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware
EPTJ     A  High Function 9xC19 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
EPTL     A  High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
EPTN     A  High Function 12xC13 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
EPTQ     A  High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
EQ02     A  Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
           Enclosure
EQ03     A  Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
           Enclosure
EQ0C     S  Quantity of 150 #ES0C
EQ0D     S  Quantity of 150 #ES0D
EQ0G     S  Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ0H     S  Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ0Q     S  Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
EQ0R     S  Quantity 150 of #ES0R 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
EQ0S     S  Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
EQ0T     S  Quantity 150 of #ES0T 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
EQ19     S  Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ1A     S  Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ38     S  Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ52     S  Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ62     A  Quantity 150 of #ES62 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
EQ64     A  Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
EQ78     A  Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ79     A  Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7E     A  Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7F     A  Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ80     S  Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ81     S  Quantity 150 of ES81 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ85     A  Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ86     A  Quantity 150 of #ES86 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8C     A  Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8D     A  Quantity 150 of #ES8D 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8F     A  Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8G     A  Quantity 150 of #ES8G 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8Y     A  Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB  SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8Z     A  Quantity 150 of ES8Z 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ96     A  Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ97     A  Quantity 150 of ES97 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQD2     A  Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
EQD3     A  Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQDN     A  Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM i)
EQDP     A  Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/
           LINUX)
EQE7     A  Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQE8     A  Quantity 150 of ESE8 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQEU     A  Quantity 150 of #ESEU (571GB 10k SFF-2)
EQEV     A  Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)
EQEY     A  Quantity 150 of #ESEY (283 GB SFF-2)
EQEZ     A  Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)
EQF2     A  Quantity 150 of #ESF2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
EQF3     A  Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQFN     A  Quantity 150 of #ESFN (571GB SFF-2)
EQFP     A  Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)
EQFS     A  Quantity 150 of #ESFS (1.7TB 10k SFF-2)
EQFT     A  Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)
EQG5     A  Quantity 150 of #ESG5 (387GB SAS 5xx)
EQG6     A  Quantity 150 of #ESG6 (387GB SAS 5xx)
EQGB     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)
EQGC     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGC (387GB SAS 4k)
EQGF     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)
EQGG     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGG (775GB SAS 5xx)
EQGK     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)
EQGL     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGL (775GB SAS 4k)
EQGP     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)
EQGQ     A  Quantity 150 of #ESGQ (1.55TB SAS 4k)
ER05     A  42U Slim Rack
ER16     A  Indicator, reserve 5 EIA rack space
ER1A     A  Specify Reserve 4 EIA Rack Space for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ER21     A  Field Integration of Rack and Server
ERF1     A  RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and
           HMCs
ERG0     A  Rear rack extension
ERG7     A  Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack
ERGB     A  Acoustic Black Front Door
ERHJ     A  Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHK     A  Quantity 150 of #ESHK 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHL     A  Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHM     A  Quantity 150 of #ESHM 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERM8     A  Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERM9     A  Quantity 150 of #ESM9 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ES0C     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0D     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES0G     S  775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0H     S  775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES0Q     S  387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0R     S  387GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
ES0S     S  775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0T     S  775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
ES19     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES1A     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES2C     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES2D     S  387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES62     A  3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive
           (AIX/Linux)
ES64     A  7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive
           (AIX/Linux)
ES78     A  387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES79     A  387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
ES7E     A  775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES7F     A  775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
ES80     S  1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES81     S  1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES85     A  387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES86     A  387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
ES8C     A  775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8D     A  775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
ES8F     A  1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8G     A  1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
ES8Y     A  931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD  for AIX/Linux
ES8Z     A   931GB Mainstream SAS 4k  SFF-2 SSD  for IBM i
ES96     A  1.86TB Mainstream SAS  4k  SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES97     A  1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESA3     S  PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb CR
ESC0     A  S&H - No Charge
ESC8     A  S&H
ESD2     A  1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
ESD3     A  1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESDN     A  571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 528 Block (IBM i)
ESDP     A  600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux)
ESE7     A  3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESE8     A  3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD  for IBM i
ESEU     A  571GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
ESEV     A  600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESEY     A  283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
ESEZ     A  300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESF2     A  1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
ESF3     A  1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESFN     A  571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
ESFP     A  600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESFS     A  1.7TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
ESFT     A  1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESG5     A  387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESG6     A  387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGB     A  387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGC     A  387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGF     A  775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGG     A  775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGK     A  775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGL     A  775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGP     A  1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGQ     A  1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESHJ     A  931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHK     A  931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESHL     A  1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHM     A  1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESLA     A  Specify AC Power Supply for EXP12SX/EXP24SX Storage
           Enclosure
ESLL     A  EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure
ESLS     A  EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure
ESM8     A  3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESM9     A  3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESNL     A  283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM
           i)
ESNM     A  300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
           Linux)
ESNQ     A  571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM
           i)
ESNR     A  600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
           Linux)
ESPL     A  Quantity 150 of #ESNL (283GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPM     A  Quantity 150 of #ESNM (300GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPQ     A  Quantity 150 of #ESNQ (571GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPR     A  Quantity 150 of #ESNR (600GB 15k SFF-2)
EU01     A  1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU04     A  RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
           Cartridge
EU08     S  RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU0A     A  Service Processor
EU13     A  SATA Slimline DVD-RAM with write CACHE
EU15     S  1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU2T     A  2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
EUC1     S  Software preload define
EUC2     S  Software preload define
EUC3     S  Software preload define
EUC6     A  Core Use HW Feature
EUC7     A  Core Use HW Feature 10X

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 9080 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

  • Attributes provided: One CSC Billing Unit
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing Units

Ten Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.

  • Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0040) - Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Device-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minumum of two (2) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for IBM i.
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0041) - Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-capable disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0043) - Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems: The marketing configurator will error on an order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not included on the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-level mirroring enabled.

  • Attributes provided: Bus-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of 2 (two) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0047) - Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID-6 Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-6 capable disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0205) - RISC-to-RISC Data Migration

#0205 is used on initial orders to designate that the new server should only recieve a partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.

When #0205 is on the order, manufacturing will only load SLIC and up through QSYS of IBM i. Ensure that enough storage is ordered to contain the additional OS code that will be loaded following installation of the system at the Client location. Specify code #0205 is mutually exclusive with #5000, SW Preload Required

The migration process requires that the installed model be at the same version and release level of IBM i and other licensed programs as the new server.

More information, and an updated IBM i Upgrade and Data Migration Road Map (RISC-RISC) are available at

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/
  • Attributes provided: Partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.
  • Attributes required: #2145 - Primary OS - IBM i and partition specify code #0267 and RISC to RISC Data Migration from Clients existing system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0265) - AIX Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the AIX operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1706 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0266) - Linux Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the Linux operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1706 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0267) - IBM i Operating System Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the IBM i operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended IBM i partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the IBM i operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1706 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0296) - Specify Custom Data Protection

#0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and that data protection schemes should be considered separately for each partition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition's data protection scheme can be different or the same.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0308) - Mirrored Level System Specify Code

This specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the order to support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller.

Note that the load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will be device-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040). This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like disk unit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus.

For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator to show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not available to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirrored protection for all DASD.

It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.

  • Attributes provided: IOA level system mirroring
  • Attributes required: A minimum of two disk controllers and an even number of disk units (with a minimum of four disk units on a system).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0347) - RAID Hot Spare Specify

#0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools and to IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be further protected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBM will ship a configuration which has at least one stand-by disk drive for each disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customer may alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options once the system is installed.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Existence of #0041 or #0047
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0348) - V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0353) - V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0359) - X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0373) - UPS Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a UPS ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0374) - HMC Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model is associated with the system order and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model HMC.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0375) - Display Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a display ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0376) - Reserve Rack Space for UPS

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom of the rack for later client installation of a UPS.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0377) - Reserve Rack Space for HMC

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of a rack-mounted HMC.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0378) - Reserve Rack Space for Display

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted display such as the 7316.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0465) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5887, EL1S

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0551) - 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. Every 0551 rack is equipped with a standard rear door and (2x) side covers. #0551 racks, however, do not come equipped with a front door or trim kit. One of the following front door or trim kit features is therefore required with every #0551:

  • #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • #6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Front and Rear Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
  • #6586 - Modem Tray

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7196 - Power Distribution Unit (6, C-19 sockets)
  • #EPTJ - Power Distribution Unit (9, C-19 sockets)
  • #EPTL - Power Distribution Unit (9, C-19 sockets)
  • #EPTN-Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #EPTQ-Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #EPAA - HVDC Power Distribution Unit (6, Rong Feng sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack with standard rear door and (2x) standard side covers.
  • Attributes required: #6068 or #6248 or #6263.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0553) - 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. Every 0553 rack is equipped with a standard rear door and (2x) side covers. #0553 racks, however, do not come equipped with a front door or trim kit. One of the following front door or trim kit features is therefore required with every #0553:

  • #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit (w/d 5/28/2010)
  • #6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6249 - 2.0m Rack Front and Rear Acoustic Doors
  • #EC08 - Slim Front Acoustic Door

The following optional features on the #0553 rack:

  • #EC07-Slim Rear Acoustic Door
  • #6238_ High-End Appearance Side Covers (Note: #6238 is limited to high-end servers).
  • #ERG0 - Rear rack extension
  • #6580 - Rack Security Kit
  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6586 - Modem Tray

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7196 - Power Distribution Unit (6, C19 sockets)
  • #EPTJ - Power Distribution Unit (9, C19 sockets)
  • #EPTL - Power Distribution Unit (9, C19 sockets)
  • #EPTN-Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #EPTQ-Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #EPAA - HVDC Power Distribution Unit (6, Rong Feng sockets)

The manufacturing practice and recommended configuration of the rack is:

  • Reserve 2U Rack Space at Bottom of Rack
  • Reserve 1U rack horizonal space - 1 EIA. Supports horizontally mounted PDU if needed.
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack, standard rear door and standard side covers.
  • Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6272 or #6249 or #EC08.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0567) - IBM i 7.1 Specify Code

(No longer available as of October 19, 2018)

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.1 indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: One Per Order

(#0599) - Rack Filler Panel Kit

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

  • Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0728) - EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)

Indicates that Load Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0837) - SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

  • Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: Fiber Channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0871) - #1947 Load Source Specify (139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive for IBM i)

This specify code indicates that a #1947 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1947
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0872) - #1948 Load Source Specify (283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)

This specify code indicates that a #1948 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1948
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0874) - #1956 Load Source Specify (283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)

This specify code indicates that a #1956 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1956
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0875) - #1962 Load Source Specify (571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)

This specify code indicates that a #1962 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1962
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0880) - #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This specify code indicates that a #1738 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1738
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0894) - #ES0D Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0D Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #ES0D
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0911) - #ESD2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)

Indicates that a #ESD2 (1.1 TB 10k rpm SFF-2 disk drive) is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESD2
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1019) - Modem Cable - Australia

Australia modem cable, use with #2894, 6809 and 6834 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1020) - Modem Cable - HK/NZ

China(Hong Kong S.A.R.)/New Zealand modem cable, use with #2894, 6809 and 6834 or similar modem adapters for New Zealand and with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters for Hong Kong. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1025) - Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1106) - USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX docking station such as #EU03, #EU04, #EU23, #1123, #1103, #1104 or #EU07. 160 GB is uncompressed.Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1106 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 160 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: RDX docking station
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides an RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External docking station such as the #1103, #1104, #1123, #EU03, #EU04, #EU23 or #EU07. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1120) - Decline Electronic Service Agent Install Indicator

Electronic Service Agent is a basic component of the Power Systems server and is an important tool in maintaining the high availability expected from your IBM system and the service response time you expect from your IBM service team. You should select this feature only if you do not intend to have the IBM SSR install ESA at the time your system is being installed. Before selecting this feature please discuss this decision with your IBM Account Team or IBM Business Partner.

Electronic Service Agent installation by an IBM SSR is available to you for no additional charge during initial server installation only.

  • Attributes provided: Documents Customers intention to not allow the IBM SSR to install Electronic Service Agent during system installation
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1140) - Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA

Having #1140 on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Rochester and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1738) - 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

856GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 2 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 512 byte sectors and used by AIX/ Linux/VIOS

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 856GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1752) - 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 900GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1817) - Quantity 150 of #1962

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1962 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1962
  • Attributes required: see feature #1962
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1964
  • Attributes required: see feature #1964
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1844) - Quantity 150 of #1956

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1956 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1956
  • Attributes required: see feature #1956
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1866) - Quantity 150 of #1917

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1917 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1917
  • Attributes required: see feature #1917
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1868) - Quantity 150 of #1947

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1947 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1947
  • Attributes required: see feature #1947
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1869) - Quantity 150 of #1925

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1925 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1925
  • Attributes required: see feature #1925
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 146GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen-2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB SFF disk drive mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF Gen-2 bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1927) - Quantity 150 of #1948

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1948 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1948
  • Attributes required: see feature #1948
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1953
  • Attributes required: see feature #1953
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1947) - 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

139GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i) Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 139GB SAS disk drive
  • Attributes required: One disk bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1948) - 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Supported in #5887.

(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer or #ESLS EXP24SX I/O drawer. Disk can be formatted for either 512 bytes or 528 byte sectors and is thus called having 5xx drive sectors. 528 byte sectors provide additional protection. IBM Manufacturing will ship pre-formatted with 528 or with 512 byte sectors. Selection of the formatting is selected by IBM Manufacturing based on manufacturing rules, but the client may change at their location. In the EPX24SX IBM Manufacturing will ship using 528 byte sectors. Capacity is 300 GB with 512 byte formatting and is 283 GB with 528 byte sector. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in carriers prevent this drive from being used in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or in SFF-3 bays such as used in POWER8 system units.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB/283 GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Supported in #5887.

(#1956) - 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

283GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB SAS disk drive
  • Attributes required: one drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1962) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 571GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

600 GB SFF 10k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer or #ESLS EXP24SX I/O drawer. Disk can be formatted for either 512 bytes or 528 byte sectors and is thus called having 5xx drive sectors. 528 byte sectors provide additional protection. IBM Manufacturing will ship pre-formatted with 528 or with 512 byte sectors. Selection of the formatting is selected by IBM Manufacturing based on manufacturing rules, but the client may change at their location. In the EPX24SX IBM Manufacturing will ship using 528 byte sectors. Capacity is 600 GB with 512 byte formatting and is 571 GB with 528 byte sector.

Limitations: physical difference in carriers prevent this drive from being used in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or in SFF-3 bays such as used in POWER8 system units.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB/571GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3072 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2145) - Primary OS - IBM i

Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Only one of features 2145, 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.

(#2146) - Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Only one of features 2145, 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.

(#2147) - Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Only one of features 2145, 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.

(#2456) - 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2459) - 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2893) - PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem

The #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion.

Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter) Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2893) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port.

The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

  • Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
  • Attributes required: Modem
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2894) - PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM

The #2894 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version which is offered only in Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP).

Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1019 Modem Cable - Australia
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable (supported only, not orderable)
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter) Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2894) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port. The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:
  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2894 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

  • Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
  • Attributes required: Modem
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2934) - 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.

  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any Asynchronous port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3287) - 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 1 meter (3.3 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 1 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3288) - 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 3 meter (9.8 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3289) - 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 5 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand copper cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches.

  • Attributes provided: 5 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3290) - 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

This 10 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3293) - 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable,
QSFP/QSFP

This 30 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3450) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3451) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3452) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3453) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3454) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3455) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3456) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3457) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3458) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3632) - Widescreen LCD Monitor

(No Longer Available as of August 08, 2017)

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Black color
  • Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
  • Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
  • Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
  • Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
  • Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Not supported in Mainland China.

(#3661) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3662) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3663) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3691) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3692) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3693) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3694) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3925) - 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter Cable

This cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port. Also used to connect an ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port whilch is physically an RJ45 connection on the Power 710/720/730/740 and Power S824/S822/S814/ S822L/S812L systems unit .

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of #1827 to CEC serial port; attachment of ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4242) - 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M

This feature provides a 1.8M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 1.8M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4276) - VGA to DVI Connection Converter

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

  • Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
  • Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

One and only one rack indicator feature is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing. If a device with 4650 is ordered with a rack, the device will not be factory integrated in the ordered rack and will ship uninstalled in the rack.

Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not ship from IBM Manufacturing in a Rack.

A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4891) - CBU SPECIFY

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only, authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU website at: www.ibm.com/systems/power/ hardware/cbu

  • Attributes provided: Indicates the system has been registered for use as a CBU system for IBM i License entitlement purposes.
  • Attributes required: # 2145 Primary OS - IBM i
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5000) - Software Preload Required

Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.

  • Attributes provided: Software Pre-load
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5228) - PowerVM Enterprise Edition

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one Power6, Power7, Power7+ or Power8 server to another Power6, Power7, Power7+ or Power8 with no application downtime. Note: If feature 5228 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5260) - PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5269) - PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5748. The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device. A short converter cable is included which adapts the 2nd 28-pin port on the adapter to 15-pin D-Shell receptacle.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
    • 1 converter cable
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of graphics adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later not supported
    • Ubuntu Server not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5270) - PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5708. 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708/5270) is a high- performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on the QLogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (LP)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5271) - PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter

This is the low-profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5717. The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is a short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network Instalationl Managment (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-port Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 low-profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported with VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5273) - PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5735.

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also feature #EN0F or #EN0G for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on a QLogic adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is: a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5274) - PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5768. The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fibre connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5276) - PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5774. The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port Fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5277) - PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5785. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports.

Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchroous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.1 with i 7.1.0 machine code RS710-S LIC + Cum C6120710, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5281) - PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter

The IBM PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5281) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit. The adapter is the same as 5767 and CINN.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5283) - PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

The PCIe Gen-2 low profile 2-port 4X Infiniband QDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 40Gb assumes no other system or switch bottlenecks are present.

Note: A PCIe Gen2 slot does not have the bandwidth to support two 40Gb ports. The benefit of the second 40Gb port is additional attachment redundancy, not performance. Also note: AIX supports multiple types of adapter usages across different applications and adapter performance should generally meet or exceed client needs. But when using TCP/IP, some AIX clients may observe less than full unidirectional link bandwidth and less than linear scaling for duplex bandwidth with the #5283.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 low profile slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Limitation: Not supported by VIOS.

(#5284) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter

The PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter is a low-profile capable, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Characteristics

  • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile Gen2 (LP) slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5285) - PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

The PCIe Gen-2 2-port 4X Infiniband QDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 40Gb assuming no other system or switch bottlenecks are present. This adapter performs the same function as #5283 but with a high profile (HP) tail stock and cannot be plugged into a low profile Gen-2 slot.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 full high slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5287) - PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter

The PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter is a full high, Gen2, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Characteristics

  • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-Direct attach SFP+ twinax cable
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 KB
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 full high Gen2 PCIe slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5550) - Sys Console On HMC

With #5550, system console function is driven by the Hardware Management Console (HMC) connected to the system. The HMC is required if the following functions are desired/selected for the system:

  • Attributes provided: System Console on Hardware Management Console(HMC)
  • Attributes required: Hardware Management Console (HMC)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5557) - System Console-Ethernet LAN adapter

Indicates that the system console is driven by an Ethernet LAN adapter. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console support functions and cannot be used for any other purpose.

  • Attributes provided: System Console connection through an Ethernet LAN adapter
  • Attributes required: Ethernet LAN adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter

10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B See also feature #5270 for the identical adapter except it has a low profile tail stock.

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on Qlogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
  • Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5717) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5729) - PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter

PCIe Gen2 8 Gigabit quad port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12004 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch. Direct device attachment has not been tested and is not supported.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  

#5729 feature indicates a full high adapter. CCIN is 5729.

A Gen2 PCIe slot is required to provide the bandwidth for all four ports to operate at full speed.

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Four Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported use VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported VIOS supported, Refer to Software Requirements for specific VIOS levels supported.

(#5735) - 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also feature #EN0F or #EN0G for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on a QLogic adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is: a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.

  • Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5744) - PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports. This is a full high adapter.

For the 10Gb ports, LC Duplex type connectors and MMF-850nm fiber cable are used. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, The RJ45 port, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters is supported. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported. Note #5744 and #5280 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI Express full high slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5767) - 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5768) - 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5769) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 14, 2017)

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a full-high, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
    • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
    • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i - supported only with VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5772) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of April 23, 2017)

The 10GbE Fiber Optic Server Adapter, is 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Fiber NIC for PCI Express (PCIe) capable systems. The adapter is a high-performance, highly integrated 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN adapters with PCIe host interface and fiber LAN connectors on the optical modules.

Feature 5772 conforms to the 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR specification for Ethernet transmissions over 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable for distances up to 10 kilometers.

Highlights

  • 10GBASE-LR fiber optic LAN connections
  • Eight (8) lane PCIe Host Connector
  • PCIe Low-Profile add-in card dimensions (68.9mm x 167.65mm)
  • Uses Intel 82598EB MAC
  • PCI Express bus interface v1.1 and v.2.0 (Gen 1 only)
  • PCIe Hot Plug/Active PCI
  • Controller EEPROM and FLASH ROM
  • Status LED (Link/Activity)
  • Low power PCIe Gen 1 MAC
  • (1) Support either MSI or MSI-X depending on system/OS support for multi-CPU and multi-core systems.
  • Dynamic interrupt moderation for lower latency
  • Supports 10Gb, full duplex
  • Supports EtherChannel with the existing software
  • Supports IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation control protocol)
  • IEEE 802.1Q VLANs
  • IEEE 802.3x
  • IEEE 802.1p
  • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Checksum Offloading
  • Internet Protocol ver 4 (IPv4) Checksum Offloading
  • Transmit Checksum Offloading with TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)/ Large Send Offload

Note: (1) Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems, or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.

  • Attributes provided: One 10 Gigabit Ethernet port
  • Attributes required: One x8 lane or x16 PCI Express slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5774) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of October 19, 2018)

The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5785) - 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports.

Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 with i 7.1.0 machine code RS710-S LIC + Cum C6120710, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5805) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The#5805 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5805 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5805 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5805 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5805 can also be paired with a #5903 adapter.

Feature 5805 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer or EXP24S Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5805 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP 12S and/ or EXP24S Disk Drawer. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/ O drawer itself.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawer
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: Configuration always requires even pairs of #5805 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887/EL1S EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays.

With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1).

The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.

Limitations: The mode is set at the IBM factory. The capability to change modes after manufacture is not offered.

  • Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887 rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER6, or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
    • Appropriate SAS cables for configuration mode selected
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include: for 5260 & 5899

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Full High Profile PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5901) - PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter

The #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the DAT72, DAT160, LTO-4, LTO-5, LTO-6, and LTO-7 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7226-1U3, 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter- to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives. See also feature #EJ1N.

The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S or EXP24S Disk Drawer or drives in a Power6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/ Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. With the EXP12S or EXP24S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/#EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawers
  • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802/#EL36 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5802/#EL36 and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S.
  • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5803 and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S.
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent firmware update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5913) - PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb

The PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb (#5913) provides high performance HDD or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen2 technology. HDD and SSD can be either SFF or 3.5-inch drives (or both). A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure.

The #5913 provides three Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the #5887/EL1S EXP24S, #5886 EPX12S, or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X , YO or AT SAS cables with HD connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 3 EXP24S or 6 EXP12S can be attached. If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 the #5913 pairs must be located in that #5802/ 5803/EL36. An AA SAS cable with HD connectors is attached to the #5913 pair to communicate status and cache content information and is required unless all three ports are being used to attach I/O drawers.

The #5913 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). The adapter's CCIN is 57B5.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5913
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#5915) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5916) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5917) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5918) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5924) - Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

Feature 5924 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5913. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5913 on one system and the paired #5913 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5924 requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#5913) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6068) - Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6069) - Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6246) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

#6246 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of an #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack.

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6247) - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

#6247 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of a #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack.

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6248) - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6249) - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6263) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6272) - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0553 (19 inch 2.0m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6458) - Pwr Crd 4.3m 14ft to IBM PDU

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6671 (2.7M) or #6672 (2.0M).

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6460) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack OEM power distribution unit or wall socket outlet. Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15) on the other end.

The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6469) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A) U.S.

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the wall or rack OEM power distribution unit. Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15) on the other end for wall or OEM PDU.

The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6470) - Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length.

The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6471) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73 (InMetro NBR 14136). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6472) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6473) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Denmark

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6474) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6475) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Israel

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6476) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Lichtenstein, Switzerland

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6477) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6478) - Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile Italy Libya

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6488) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A or 250V/10A )

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6489) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord

#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/32A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6491) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord

#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/63A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6492) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A 200-240V Power Cord

#6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48-60A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6493) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

People's Republic of China.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6494) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

India

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6496) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea South Korea

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6577) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU power jumper cord length (1.0M, 2.0M, 2.7M or 4.3M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order specifying factory integration with IBM racks (such as with 7014-T00 or T42 racks). Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650. Power jumper cord has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for C13 PDU receptacle).

Note: This feature is not used for MES orders except for bulk orders by SDI clients only. See C13/C14 jumper cord features #6458 (4.3M), #6671 (2.7M), #6672 (2.0M) when not using factory integration.

  • Attributes provided: One power jumper cord
  • Attributes required: At least one rack and the absence of #4650.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 390 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1 or 2 per I/O drawer or CEC. MES orderable for SDI's only. The MES order will ship the 14 foot cable equivalent to feature number 6458.

(#6580) - Optional Rack Security Kit

This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0551 and #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.

  • Attributes provided: Locking hardware for rack doors and sidepanels
  • Attributes required: #0551 or #0553 19-Inch Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6586) - Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

This feature provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console.

  • Attributes provided: Hdw. to support two modems
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6651) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6653) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord

#6653 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/16A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6654) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Power Cord

#6654 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A-30A locking power cord with a Type 12 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6655) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Power Cord

#6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A-30A water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6656) - 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/32A Power Cord

#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/32A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6657) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord

#6657 is a 14-FT/4.3m 1PH/32A power cord with a Type PDL plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: PDU power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6658) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea

#6658 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type KP plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: PDU power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6659) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6660) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length.

This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6665) - Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)

Standard IBM rack power jumper cord that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C20 on the other end (for IBM PDU C19 receptacle).

Note for power jumper cord which attach to PDUs with C13 receptacles, use features such as #6577, #6458, #6671, or #6672.

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6667) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia

#6667 is a 14-FT/4.3m 380-45V/32A power cord with a Type PDL plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: PDU power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6669) - Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6671) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6458 (4.3M) or #6672 (2.0M).

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6458 (4.3M) or #6671 (2.7M).

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6680) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7109) - Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector

This feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power Monitoring Capability
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: When purchased on an MES order with a feature code rack. This PDU will be mounted in the rear side pockets until all 4 side pockets on the rack have been filled. Any additional PDUs on the order will be mounted in 1 unit of EIA rack space.

    When purchased as an MES order for addition to a rack in the field. This PDU may not fit in the side pockets of your rack due to a hardware interference with the rack, and may require mounting in 1 unit of rack EIA space. Insure rack space is available before placing the MES order for this PDU when it is being ordered for field installation.

(#7118) - Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotely monitor environmental conditions. Using a standard Web browser, you can view the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, as well as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smoke detector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into a RJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPS equipped with a 10/100 Mb ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware v3.01 or higher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.

  • Attributes provided: Monitoring of temperature, humidity, and status of two contacts/ sensors. A one meter cat5 Ethernet cable, double sided hook and loop fabric, often called VELCRO(R) tape, two tie-wraps, and screw with wall anchor for mounting.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum support is 8x 7118 per 0553 rack and 8x 7118 per 0551 rack. Maximum of one 7118 per 7109 is supported.

(#7188) - Power Distribution Unit

An AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188.

One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188;

  • #6489 - 14-Ft 3PH/32A Power Cord
  • #6491 - 14-Ft 1PH/63A Power Cord
  • #6492 - 14-Ft 1PH/48-60A Power Cord
  • #6653 - 14-Ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
  • #6654 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
  • #6655 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A WR Power Cord
  • #6656 - 14-Ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
  • #6657 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
  • #6658 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit withTwelve C13 power outlets.
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7196) - Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal, Fixed Power Cord

This AC power distribution unit provides six C19 power outlets. Fixed power cord (IEC309 60A plug (3P+G). This PDU requires 3-phase electrical service.

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Six C19 power outlets
  • Attributes required: 3 phase electical service
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7780) - 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit

This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side-to-side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without exiting the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: #0553 rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7840) - Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks

This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side to side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: #0551 rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7841) - Ruggedize Rack Kit

For enhanced rigidity and stability of the rack, the optional Ruggedized Rack Kit provides additional hardware that reinforces the rack and anchors it to the floor. This hardware is designed primarily for use in locations where earthquakes are a concern. The feature includes a large steel brace or truss that bolts into the rear of the rack. It is hinged on the left side so it can swing out of the way for easy access to the rack drawers when necessary. The Ruggedize Rack Kit also includes hardware for bolting the rack to a concrete floor or a similar surface, and bolt-in steel filler panels for any noccupied spaces in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Rear brace, bolt down hardware, bolt in frontfiller panels
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack or #0553 19 inch 2.0MRack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8453) - Base Customer Spec Plcmnt

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.

  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).

  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP Web site http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP Web site (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: NA
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#8845) - USB Mouse

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator- System Plant

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9359) - specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with one PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 or #5278), utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configuration for Mode 1
  • Attributes required: One YO cable (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on a #5901/#5278
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9360) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with two individual PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 1 with two (#5901 #5278)
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on each of two #5901/#5278s
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9361) - Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: Designated IOA configurations for Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on each of two #5901/#5278s
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9365) - Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate dual X cables connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 4
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3661/EL22 1.5M, #3662/EL23 3M, #3663//EL21 15M) and four #5901/#5278s dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 92 (Initial order maximum: 92)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9366) - Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of up to 12 drive bays) with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate dual X cables connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables (##3661/EL22 1.5M, #3662/EL23 3M, #3663//EL21 15M) and four #5901/#5278s dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 92 (Initial order maximum: 92)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9367) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 1-24 drive bays) with a pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 or combination of both) utilizing two appropriate YO cable connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. This specify only impacts IBM's initial shipment of the EXP24S. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 1
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on each of two #5903/#5805s
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9368) - Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer(#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 or combination of both) utilizing two appropriate X cable connecting to the I/O Adapters (IOA). IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3661/EL22 1.5M, #3662/EL23 3M, #3663//EL21 15M) and four #5903/#5805s dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S".
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 92 (Initial order maximum: 92)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9385) - Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Specify feature 9385 (Specify mode-1 1(2 )5913 for EXP24S #5887or #EL1S) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to Mode 1 (one group of 24 SFF bays) and two pair of PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb (#5913). Select two YO cable #3450/EL25 1.5m, #3451/EL29 3m, #3452/EL28 6m, #3453/EL26 10m) and one AA cable (#5915/EL2C 3m, #5916/EL2D 6m, #5917/EL2B 1.5m) and AIX, IBM i or Linux. Include one interconnecting 6Gb AA cable (3M #3681 or 6M #3682) between paired SAS adapters. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Configuration #5887/EL1S Mode 1 with two #5913 adapters
  • Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3450/EL25 1.5M, #3451/EL29 3M, #3452/EL28 6M, #3453/ EL26 10M) and one port on each of two #5913s. If fewer than 3 ports on each of the #5913s are used, an AA cable (#5915/EL2C 3M, #5916/ EL2D 6M, #5917/EL2B 1.5M, #5918/EL2A 0.6M) is required to connect the pair of #5913s
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9386) - Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Specify feature 9386 (Specify mode-2 1(4 )5913 for EXP24S #5887 or #EL1S) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to mode 2 (two sets of 12 SFF bays) and four PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb. Select #5913 and two appropriate length X cable (#3454/EL1Z 3m, #3456/EL1Y 10m). Include AIX, or Linux and select two AA cables (3M #3681 or 6M #3682) between paired SAS adapters. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

  • Attributes provided: Configure #5887/EL1S in Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3454/EL1Z 3M, #3455/EL20 6M, #3456/EL1Y 10M), two AA cables (#5915/EL2C 3M, #5916/EL2D 6M, #5917/EL2B 1.5M, #5918/ EL2A 0.6M) and one port on each of four #5913s dedicated to the single #5887/EL1S.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9440) - New AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9441) - New IBM i License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run IBM i.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9442) - New Red Hat License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Red Hat Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9443) - New SUSE License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run SUSE Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9444) - Other AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licenses transferred from another server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9445) - Other Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing Linux licenses transferred from another server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9446) - 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rd party Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9447) - VIOS Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run VIOS (Virtual I/O Server).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9449) - Other License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of other cores licensed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9450) - Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Ubuntu Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9461) - Month Indicator

This month indicator is used to create a date stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9462) - Day Indicator

This day indicator is used to create a date stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9463) - Hour Indicator

This hour indicator is used to create a time stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9464) - Minute Indicator

This hour indicator is used to create a time stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9465) - Qty Indicator

This quantity indicator is used to specify the remaining, or N-1 quantity of CFR entities that need to be accumulated for rejoining. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.and is equal to N-1, where 'N' equals the total quantity of CFRs being rejoined.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9466) - Countable Member Indicator

This administrative indicator used to identify each CFR associated with a date/time stamp that is eligible for splitting and rejoining. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9703) - Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9704) - Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9706) - Language Group Specify - Norwegian

Norwegian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9725) - Language Group Specify -- Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9726) - Language Group Specify - Croatian

Croatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9727) - Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9728) - Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese

Brazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9729) - Language Group Specify - Thai

Thai language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB27) - QSFP+ 40GBase-SR Transceiver

IBM QSFP+ optical tranceiver required for 40 Gbs ports which are not using copper QSFP+ transceiver.

  • Attributes provided: QSFP+ tranceiver for 40 Gbs ports.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 122 (Initial order maximum: 122)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Supports adapters #EC3A and #EC3B
    • Optical cables for the transceiver are: #EB2J and #EB2K
    • Copper cables for the transceiver are: #EB2B, #EB2H and ECBN
(#EB2B) - 1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

  • Attributes provided: 1m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2H) - 3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

  • Attributes provided: 3m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2J) - 10m (30.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity.

  • Attributes provided: 10m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports with optical transceivers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2K) - 30m (90.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity.

  • Attributes provided: 30m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports with optical transceivers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2R) - Single 5250 Enterprise Enablement

Feature provides one processor cores worth of 5250 OLTP capacity which can be spread across multiple physical processor cores or multiple partitions. A permanently activated processor core and adequate IBM i processor license entitlements are prerequisites.

  • Attributes provided: One Processor of 5250 Enterprise Enablement
  • Attributes required: IBM i environment
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2Z) - Lift Tool

A lift tool raises and lowers servers and I/O drawers so they can be placed into or removed from standard 19-inch racks. It allows heavier equipment to be handled more safely by fewer people. #EB27 has a hand crank to lift and position up to 350 pounds or 159 kg. The #EB2Z length and width are 44 inches x 24.5 inches or 1.12 meters x 0.62 meters. It has rollers which allow it to be moved to different racks in the data center.

  • Attributes provided: Lift Tool
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB30) - Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement

Feature provides 5250 OLTP capacity for all permanently activated processor cores. Adequate IBM i processor licenses are a prerequisite for the 5250 OLTP usage.

  • Attributes provided: Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
  • Attributes required: IBM i environment
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB35) - Mobile Enablement

Enterprise Pool Enablement

  • Attributes provided: Enterprise Pool Enablement Code
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB3K) - CBU for PowerHA Specify

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system. and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive AIX and IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only. Authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU website at:

This specify code is also associated with no-charge system nodes and no-charge Elastic CoD processor and memory days.

  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB3Z) - Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)

This feature delivers the Low-Cost Lift Tool (based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)) for IBM servers.

Feature #EB3Z is a feature that is available on multiple server types (POWER S812L, S822L, S824L, S814, S824, S812, S822, E850C, E850, E880C, E870C, E880, and E870, also the rack models 7965-S42, 7014-T00, and 7014-T42). Failure to have at least one Lift tool available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times.

A lift tool raises and lowers servers and I/O drawers so they can be placed into or removed from standard 19-inch racks. It allows heavier equipment to be handled more safely by fewer people. Lift tool feature EB3Z has a hand crank to lift and position up to 181 kg (400 lbs). The lift tool feature EB3Z operating length and width are 88.3 cm x 62.9 cm (34 3/4 x 24 3/4 in). It has rollers which allow it to be moved to different racks in the data center.

  • Attributes provided: Lift Tool
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4Z) - Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z

This feature provides a separate tool kit to replace the flat shelf with a wedge/angle shelf at the client site.

Note: EB4Z wedge shelf is IBM SSR use only (due to safety labels/ instructions/certifications only for IBM and not filed for clients). A client can order feature EB4Z to ensure the tool is conveniently located on site in case an IBM SSR needed to use it and do not want to wait for the SSR to locate and bring in an EB4Z or to schedule additional personnel to manually handle server installation/removal from the rack.

Client is free to use EB3Z (without EB4Z) for their normal work.

  • Attributes provided: Wedge/angle shelf
  • Attributes required: Feature EB3Z
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB50) - 0.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

0.5 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb).

Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB51) - 1.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

1.0 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb).

Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB52) - 2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

2.0 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb).

Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB54) - 1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

1.5 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb).

Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB59) - 100Gb Optical Transceiver QSFP28

One optical transceiver for 100Gb Ethernet adapter such as #EC3L or #EC3M using QSFP28. Does not include cable.

See also AOC fiber cables which include QSFP28 transceivers EB5R - EB5Y.

  • Attributes provided: Optical Transceiver QSFP28 100Gb.
  • Attributes required: Port on adapter with QSFP28 socket.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5A) - 3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

3 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5B) - 5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

5 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5C) - 10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

10 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5D) - 15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

15 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5E) - 20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

20 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5F) - 30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

30 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5G) - 50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

50 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5H) - 100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

100 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver.

Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54.

Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5J) - 0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

0.5 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5K) - 1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

1.0 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5L) - 1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

1.5 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5M) - 2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

2.0 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5R) - 3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

3 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5S) - 5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

5 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5T) - 10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

10 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5U) - 15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

15 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5V) - 20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

20 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5W) - 30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

30 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5X) - 50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

50 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5Y) - 100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

100 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB72) - IBM i 7.2 Indicator

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.2 Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB73) - IBM i 7.3 Indicator

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.3 Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.3 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EBA0) - 5U system node drawer

This feature provides a 5U system node drawer. It includes the drawer, labels, 4 CPU Sockets, 32 DIMM Slots, 8 LOW PROFILE PCIE Slots.

  • Attributes provided:

    5U system node drawer.

  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 1
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBA2) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring an IBM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBA4) - OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring an OEM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBA5) - HVDC PDU Horizontal Mounting

Specify feature communicates to IBM Manufacturing that a HVDC DPU such as feature #EPAA or feature #EPAE should be horizontally mounted vs vertically mounted. PDU uses 1U rack space when horizontally mounted, but makes accessing power cords much easier than in a side pocket.

  • Attributes provided: Manufacturing communication information
  • Attributes required: HVDC PDU
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBAA) - AC Power Chunnels

Left and right AC Power Chunnels and four cords to power supplies.

  • Attributes provided:

    AC Power Chunnels and four power supply cords.

  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBAD) - DC Power Chunnels

(No longer available as of October 19, 2018)

Left and right DC Power Chunnels and four cords to power supplies.

  • Attributes provided:

    DC Power Chunnels and four power supply cords.

  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBC0) - Blockchain on Power

This indicates tracking feature on Power servers.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EBK4) - 1.6M USB Cable

1.6M USB CABLE, MALE-TO-MALE - This cable is only used to attach a #EU13 DVD located in the system control unit.

  • Attributes provided: 1.6M USB CABLE
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC01) - Rack Front Door (Black)

This feature provides a front door in flat black color with an IBM logo for the 7953-94X rack. A front door such as #EC01 is required on the 7953-94X. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack. The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC02) - Rack Rear Door

This feature provides a rear door in flat black color for the 7953-94X rack. Either feature number EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7953-94X. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack. The front doors , rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC03) - Rack Side Cover

This feature provides two side panels in black color for the 7953-94X rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security. The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Left and Right side panels for 7953 rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC04) - Rack Suite Attachment Kit

This feature provides the attachment hardware to allow two IBM PureFlex System 42U Racks with or without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite. Order one EC04 feature for each 42U rack attached to the starting rack. For example, in a three-rack suite, order two EC04 features. When multiple racks are joined in this way without internal side panels, cables can be more easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. With the side panels installed optimum thermal efficiencies are gained. If the optional rear door heat exchanger is chosen, side panels must remain on racks in the suite. Side panels should be used on the leftmost and rightmost racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC07) - Slim Rear Acoustic Door

Slim rear acoustic door for use on the 7014-T42 or server feature #0553 2.0M racks. Depth of this acoustic door is only about 113 mm (4.45 inches).

Physically #EC07 and #EC08 are identical, but have two feature codes to assist IBM sales configurator logic. #EC07 designates a rear door and #EC08 designates a front door.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Acoustic door
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC08) - Slim Front Acoustic Door

Slim front acoustic door for use on the 7014-T42 or server feature #0553 2.0M racks. Depth of this acoustic door is only about 113 mm (4.45 inches).

Physically #EC07 and #EC08 are identical, but have two feature codes to assist IBM sales configurator logic. #EC07 designates a rear door and #EC08 designates a front door.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic front door
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC15) - Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack

This feature indicates that the rear door heat exchanger (1164-95X) is ordered for the 7953-94Y rack. Either feature EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7953-94Y.

  • Attributes provided: RDHX
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC18) - CAPI Activation

This activation feature enables the use of the Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface (CAPI) technology capabilities on POWER8 processor-based Power Systems using industry accelerator technologies. This can increase performance through faster computational efficiency and by requiring fewer resources to accomplish tasks through direct integration of workload accelerator(s) in the system. When using this optional feature (#EC18) one is required per server. The CAPI activation feature is generic and can be used with separately provided CAPI application or hardware from IBM or OEM.

  • Attributes provided: activation/enablement
  • Attributes required: None for enablement, but use of CAPI will also require CAPI-aware hardware and applications
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC27) - PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports and supports the IBTA RoCE standard. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. The adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency. It minimizes CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC27 and #EC28 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (EC27), but have different tail stocks. #EC27 is low profile and #EC28 is full high. Compared to Feature #EC29/EC30, the #EC27/EC28 have identical application capability and differ electronically only in that #EC27/EC28 have a SFP+ copper interface and a different CCIN where the #EC29/EC30 have an SFP+ SR optical interface.

LIMITATIONS:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are not supported
  • This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapters.

Note: As of 3/12/2013 This feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port 10GbE Adapter with RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: Available GEN2 PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 8 per CEC Max.

    Note: VIOS supported NIC capability only.

(#EC28) - PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports and supports the IBTA RoCE standard. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. The adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency. It minimizes CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC27 and #EC28 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (EC27), but have different tail stocks. #EC27 is low profile and #EC28 is full high. Compared to Feature #EC29/EC30, the #EC27/EC28 have identical application capability and differ electronically only in that #EC27/EC28 have a SFP+ copper interface and a different CCIN where the #EC29/EC30 have an SFP+ SR optical interface.

LIMITATIONS:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are not supported
  • This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapters.

Note: As of 3/12/2013 This feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port 10GbE Adapter with RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: Available GEN2 PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS is supported for the ethernet capability.

(#EC29) - PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and supports the IBTA RoCE standard. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. The adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency. It minimizes CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes a pre-installed Optical Transceiver in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC29 and #EC30 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (EC29), but have different tail stocks. #EC29 is low profile and #EC30 is full high, Compared to Feature #EC27/EC28, the #EC29/EC30 have identical application capability and differ electronically only in that #EC27/ EC28 have a SFP+ copper interface and a different CCIN where the #EC29/EC30 have an SFP+ SR optical interface.

LIMITATIONS:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are not supported
  • This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapters.

Note: As of 3/12/2013 This feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port 10GbE Adapter with RoCE capability
  • Attributes required:
    • Available GEN2 PCIe Slot
    • Firmware Level 740 or greater
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EC2G) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 2-port 10Gb Ethernet adapter is manufactured by SolarFlare and supports their OpenOnload(R) application accelerator. The adapter is supported by Linux and can be used by user-provided applications written to leverage its interfaces.

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. #EN01/EN02/EN03 cables include transceivers for SFP+ ports. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables

#EC2G and #EC2J are electronically identical adapters, but #EC2G indicates a low profile tail stock and #EC2J indicates a full high tail stock.

See also #EC2H and #EC2K which is also manufactured by SolarFlare, but does not support the OpenOnload capability.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe Gen2 adapter with 2 10Gb Ethernet ports which supports Solaflare OpenOnload
  • Attributes required: Available low profile PCIe2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 8 per CEC Max.

(#EC2J) - PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 2-port 10Gb Ethernet adapter is manufactured by SolarFlare and supports their OpenOnload(R) application accelerator. The adapter is supported by Linux and can be used by user-provided applications written to leverage its interfaces.

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. #EN01/EN02/EN03 cables include transceivers for SFP+ ports. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables

#EC2G and #EC2J are electronically identical adapters, but #EC2G indicates a low profile tail stock and #EC2J indicates a full high tail stock.

See also #EC2H and #EC2K which is also manufactured by SolarFlare, but does not support the OpenOnload capability.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe Gen2 adapter with 2 10Gb Ethernet ports which supports Solaflare OpenOnload
  • Attributes required: Available full high PCIe2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC2M) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical fiber ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes two pre-installed Optical Transceivers in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC2M and #EC2N have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BE), but have different tail stocks. #EC2M is low profile and #EC2N is full high. Compared to EC37/EC38, the EC2M/ EC2N have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fiber vs copper twinax). The EC2M/EC2N is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC29/EC30.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation 1 Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 14.04.3, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.51, or later. VIOS supports NIC capability only.

(#EC2N) - PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical fiber ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes two pre-installed Optical Transceivers in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC2M and #EC2N have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BE), but have different tail stocks. #EC2M is low profile and #EC2N is full high. Compared to EC37/EC38, the EC2M/ EC2N have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fiber vs copper twinax). The EC2M/EC2N is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC29/EC30.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation 1 Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC.
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 14.04.3, or later, with Mellanox OFED
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.51, or later. VIOS supports NIC capability only.

(#EC30) - PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and supports the IBTA RoCE standard. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. The adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency. It minimizes CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes a pre-installed Optical Transceiver in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC29 and #EC30 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (EC29), but have different tail stocks. #EC29 is low profile and #EC30 is full high, Compared to Feature #EC27/EC28, the #EC29/EC30 have identical application capability and differ electronically only in that #EC27/EC28 have a SFP+ copper interface and a different CCIN where the #EC29/EC30 have an SFP+ SR optical interface.

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port 10GbE Adapter with RoCE capability
  • Attributes required:
    • Available GEN2 PCIe Slot
    • Firmware Level 740 or greater
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Limitations:
    • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are not supported
    • This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapters.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: As of 3/12/2013 This feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

    Note: VIOS is supported for the ethernet capability.

(#EC37) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports for copper twinax cabling/transceivers. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. These cables also include copper transceivers. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC37 and #EC38 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BC), but have different tail stocks. #EC37 is low profile and #EC38 is full high. Compared to EC2M/EC2N, the EC37/ EC38 have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fiber vs copper twinax). The EC37/EC38 is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC27/EC28.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation 1 Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC.
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 14.04.3, or later, with Mellanox OFED
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.51, or later. VIOS supports NIC capability only.

(#EC38) - PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports for copper twinax cabling/transceivers. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. These cables also include copper transceivers. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC37 and #EC38 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BC), but have different tail stocks. #EC37 is low profile and #EC38 is full high. Compared to EC2M/EC2N, the EC37/ EC38 have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fiber vs copper twinax). The EC37/EC38 is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC27/EC28.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation 1 Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC.
    • IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED
    • Ubuntu 14.04.3, or later, with Mellanox OFED
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.51, or later. VIOS supports NIC capability only.

(#EC3A) - PCIe3 LP 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter

PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 40 Gb Ethernet QSFP+ ports. NIC and IBTA RoCE protocols are supported.

RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. RoCE can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The #EC3A/EC3B adapter does not include transceivers. Shorter distance copper cables include transceivers on the end of the QSFP+ cable (see #EB2B (1m), #EB2H (3m), #ECBN (5m)). For longer distance use two optical SR transceiver (two #EB27). QSFP+ optical cables to be used with the #EB27 transceiver are #EB2J (10m) or #EB2K (30m). Do not mix copper and optical on the same adapter.

Feature code #EC3A and #EC3B have identical electronics and function and the same CCIN (57BD), but they have different tail stocks. #EC3A is low profile and #EC3B is full height.

AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port 40GbE NIC and RoCE (no transceiver)
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot (Gen3 preferred); Two Transceivers; QSFP+ cabling
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EC3B) - PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter

PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 40 Gb Ethernet QSFP+ ports. NIC and IBTA RoCE protocols are supported.

RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. RoCE can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The #EC3A/EC3B adapter does not include transceivers. Shorter distance copper cables include transceivers on the end of the QSFP+ cable (see #EB2B (1m), #EB2H (3m), #ECBN (5m)). For longer distance use two optical SR transceiver (two #EB27). QSFP+ optical cables to be used with the #EB27 transceiver are #EB2J (10m) or #EB2K (30m). Do not mix copper and optical on the same adapter.

Feature code #EC3A and #EC3B have identical electronics and function and the same CCIN (57BD), but they have different tail stocks. #EC3A is low profile and #EC3B is full height.

AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port 40GbE NIC and RoCE (no transceiver)
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot (Gen3 preferred). Two Transceivers; QSFP+ cabling
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EC3E) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16

The PCIe Gen3 x16 2-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen3 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation. based on ConnectX-4 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2.

The two 100Gb ports have QSFP+ connections which support EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. One adapter can support either or both types of cable. The user can choose to cable up just one port if they desire. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported.

#EC3E and #EC3F adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CEA. #EC3E has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EC3F has a full high tailstock bracket. See also #EC3T and #EC3U for a 1-port version of this adapter. Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
  • Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 1, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • AIX not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Limitation: Not supported by VIOS.

(#EC3L) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 100GbE (NIC& RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet x16 adapter provides two 100 Gb QSFP28 ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

IBM offers either passive copper twinax cables up to 2 meter in length or active optical cables up to 100 meters in length. See features #EB5J - #EB5M for a 0.5M, 1.0M, 1.5M and 2.0M copper cable. See features #EB5R - #EB5Y for a 3M, 5M, 10M, 15M, 20M, 30M, 50M or 100M active optical cable. Transceivers are included on each end of these QSFP28 cables. Alternatively to the above supported cables, you may chose to order an IBM qualified and supported QSFP28 optical transceiver (feature #EB59) to put into the adapter and provide your own 100GE optical cabling with your own QSP28 optical transceiver for the other end.

Either one or both of the adapter's two QSP28 ports can be populated. When two ports are filled, both can have copper cables, both can have optical cables, or one can be copper and one can be optical.

Feature code #EC3L and #EC3M have identical electronics and function and CCIN (2CEC), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC3L is low profile and #EC3M is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 EN Network Controller. Attributes :

  • PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x16
  • PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • LSO, LRO, checksum offload
  • NIM boot support - Backward compatible with 40Gb Ethernet when using compatible cables/transceivers.
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 100Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 and APAR IV88680 or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 and APAR IV88679 or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 or later (planned availability 1/27/2017)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 or later (planned availability 1/27/2017)
    • IBM i 7.3 TR4, or later.

    Note: AIX 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology level or later supports both Ethernet and RoCE capability. AIX 6.1, 7.1 and VIOS support Ethernet capability only.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.5.10 or later. VIOS supports NIC capability only.

    Note: On POWER8, this adapter does not support network boot nor network install for IBM i.

(#EC3T) -PCIe3 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16

The PCIe Gen3 x16 1-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. The port's maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen3 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation. based on ConnectX-4 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2.

The 100Gb port has a QSFP+ connection which supports EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported. #EC3T and #EC3U adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CEB. #EC3T has a low profile tailstock bracket. Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
  • Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 1, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
    • AIX not supported

    Other environments, including PowerVM

    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.2, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.2, or later
    • Ubuntu 14.04.3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.2, or later
    • AIX not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Limitation: Not supported by VIOS.

(#EC41) - PCIe2 LP 3D Graphics Adapter x1

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

There are two identical 3D adapters EC41 with a low profile tail stock and EC42 with full high tail stock.

When using graphic adapter for Partition Firmware Console to select an install or boot device use #3632 display or rack mount 7316-TF4 display. Withdrawn display #3644 or withdrawn rack mount 7316-TF3 display may also be used.

Limit of one adapter per LPAR.

  • Attributes provided: Graphics adapter with DMS-59 Dual DVI cable
  • Attributes required: available PCIe2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC45) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 4-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC45 and #EC46 USB adapters are electroncially identical with the same 58F9 CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC45 is low profile and #EC46 is full high.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One low profile available PCIe slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EC46) - PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 4-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC45 and #EC46 USB adapters are electroncially identical with the same 58F9 CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC45 is low profile and #EC46 is full high.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One available full height PCIe slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EC54) - PCIe3 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter

This feature ships 1.6 TB of low write latency, nonvolatile flash memory on a PCIe Gen3 adapter. Adapter uses NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) which is a high performance software interface to read/write this flash memory. Adapter physically is half length x4 adapter which can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe Gen3 slot in the system unit. Compared to SAS/SATA SSD the NVMe adapter can provide significantly more read or write IOPS and significantly larger throughput (GB/sec). CCIN is 58CB. Adapter card is designed for read intensive workloads with light write activity. Approximately 8,760 TB of data can be written over the life of the adapter, but depending on the nature of the workload may be somewhat larger. After the warranty period, if the maximum write capability is achieved, the adapter's replacement is not covered under IBM maintenance. For high value applications where the content in the adapter must be protected, using additional NVMe Flash adapter(s) with OS mirroring or software RAID is recommended. #EC54 and #EC55 are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC54 fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC55 fits a full high PCIe slot. See also #EC56/EC57 for a card with more memory. Limitations: Not supported in PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer. Data protection not implemented in the card and protection provided by OS mirroring or software RAID.

Note: When using Linux OS SLES11 SP4 BE there is a maximum limitation of 12 per single LPAR.

  • Attributes provided: 1.6 TB of low latency flash memory
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later, with all available maintenance updates
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later, with all available maintenance updates
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with all available maintenance updates
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later

    The nvme-cli tool is available for download for RHEL and SLES from the IBM Power Tools repository:

    http://www14.software.ibm.com/support/customercare/sa s/f/lopdiags/home.html

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC56) - PCIe3 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter

This feature ships 3.2 TB of write low latency, nonvolatile flash memory on a PCIe Gen3 adapter. Adapter uses NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) which is a high performance software interface to read/write this flash memory. Adapter physically is half length x4 adapter which can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe Gen3 slot in the system unit. Compared to SAS/SATA SSD the NVMe adapter can provide significantly more read or write IOPS and significantly larger throughput (GB/sec). CCIN is 58CC. Adapter card is designed for read intensive workloads with light write activity. Approximately 17,500 TB of data can be written over the life of the adapter, but depending on the nature of the workload may be somewhat larger. After the warranty period, if the maximum write capability is achieved, the adapter's replacement is not covered under IBM maintenance. For high value applications where the content in the adapter must be protected, using additional NVMe Flash adapter(s) with OS mirroring or software RAID is recommended. #EC56 and #EC57 are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC56 fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC57 fits a full high PCIe slot. See also #EC54/EC55 for a card with less memory. Limitations: Not supported in PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer. Data protection not implemented in the card and protection provided by OS mirroring or software RAID.

Note: When using Linux OS SLES11 SP4 BE there is a maximum limitation of 12 per single LPAR.

  • Attributes provided: 3.2 TB low latency flash memory
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later, with all available maintenance updates
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later, with all available maintenance updates
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with all available maintenance updates
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later

    The nvme-cli tool is available for download for RHEL and SLES from the IBM Power Tools repository:

    http://www14.software.ibm.com/support/customercare/sa s/f/lopdiags/home.html

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBJ) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBK) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

This 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBL) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBM) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3458 15m SAS X cable, except #ECBM connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBN) - 5m (16.4-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethernet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

  • Attributes provided: 5m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBT) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3450 1.5m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBT connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBU) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3451 3m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBU connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBV) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3452 6m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBV connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBW) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3453 10m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBW connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBX) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3457 15m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBX connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation

  • Does not support 6Gb throughput.
  • When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.
  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBY) - SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 4 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS tape drive or DVD. The tape drive or DVD is probably in an I/O enclosure such as a bridge box or 1U media enclosure or tape library. This AE cable has two connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and one Mini-SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0X. The Mini-SAS connector attaches to a SAS tape drive enclosure or DVD. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Use #ECBY when ordering the cable as a feature code on a Power System. Alternatively the same cable can be ordered using feature code #5507 of the IBM tape enclosure or DVD.

  • Attributes provided: connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS tape drive or DVD with Mini-SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller such as #EJ0X, #EJ10 or #EJ11 for use with an available SAS tape drive or DVD.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBZ) - SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe3 SAS adapter to one or two SAS tape drives. The tape drive(s) is probably in an I/O enclosure such as a bridge box or 1U media enclosure or tape library. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini-SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0X. Each Mini-SAS connector attaches to a different SAS tape drive enclosure. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Use #ECBZ when ordering the cable as a feature code on a Power System. Alternatively the same cable can be ordered using feature code #5509 of the IBM tape enclosure.

  • Attributes provided: connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and one or two SAS tape drives with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller such as #EJ0X, #EJ10 or #EJ11 for use with an available SAS tape drive.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC0) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 0.6m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5918 0.6m SAS AA cable, except #ECC0 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC2) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 1.5m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5917 1.5m SAS AA cable, except #ECC2 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC3) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 3m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5915 3m SAS AA cable, except #ECC3 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC4) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 6m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5916 6m SAS AA cable, except #ECC4 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC6) - 2M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 2.0 meter active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC8 (10 meter). The 2 meter length is suggested only for intra-rack connections.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 2 meter active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07) and on a PCIe3 module such as a #EMXF in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer (#EMX0)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC8) - 10M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 10.0 meter active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC6 (2 meter). The 10 meter length is suggested for cabling to a different rack.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 10 meter active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07) and on a PCIe3 module such as a #EMXF in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer (#EMX0)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC9) - 20M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansoin Drawer

The 20 meter active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports.

See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC8 (10 meter). The 20 meter length is suggested only for extra-rack connections.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 20 meter active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter and on a PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECCA) - System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1

Provides cables required to connect the system node with the system control unit; this configuration does not require SMP cables. Includes: 2 x 1m FSP Cable (Right & Left), 2 x 330mm Power/UPIC Cable (Right & Left), 1 x Clock Cable (Left) and 1 x Clock Cable (right).

  • Attributes provided: System Node to System Control Unit cable set.
  • Attributes required: System Node Drawer 1 and System Control Unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECCB) - System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2

Provides cables required to connect a second system node with the system control unit. Includes: 2 x 1m FSP Cable (Right & Left), 4 x 1.25m SMP Cable, 2 x 1.5m SMP Cable, 2 x 1m Power/UPIC Cable, 1 x Clock Cable (Left), 1 x Clock Cable (Right).

  • Attributes provided: System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2
  • Attributes required: System Node Drawer 2 and System Control Unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDJ) - 3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC. Limitation: This cable can not be used the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDK) - 4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 4.5 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDL) - 10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 10 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDT) - 1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC. Limitation: This cable can not be used the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

  • Attributes provided: connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDU) - 3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 3 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC. Limitation: This cable can not be used the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

  • Attributes provided: connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDV) - 4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 4.5 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDW) - 10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 10 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECE0) - 0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb. Two AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cables is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. The 6Gb version of this cable is feature #5918. #5918 and #ECE0 can be mixed on the same PCIe3 adapter pair.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECE3) - 3.0M SAS AA12 Cable

This 3.0 meter SAS cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors, and is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. This is a straight cable (in contrast with X or YO cables) that has two distinct uses:

  • For Elastic Storage Server (ESS) solutions that have a 5147-024 I/O drawer, this cable is used to attach the 5147-024 to its controller.
  • For POWER Servers with #5887, #EL1S, #ESLS, #ESLL, #ELLS, or #ELLL I/O drawers driven by paired PCIe controllers with write cache such as #EJ0L or #EJ14, this cable is used to connect the top connectors of the paired controllers. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card.

Note that X or YO cables are always used to attach I/O drawers #5887, #EL1S, #ESLS, #ESLL, #ELLS, or #ELLL to controllers on POWER Servers. Straight cables (such as #ECE3) are not allowed to directly attach to I/O drawers on POWER Servers.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. On POWER Servers, AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. The 6Gb version of this cable is feature #5915. #5915 and #ECE3 can be mixed on the same PCIe3 adapter pair.

  • Attributes provided: For ESS solutions, connection between a SAS controller and one 5174-024 I/O drawer. For POWER Systems, connection between two paired SAS controllers with write cache and Mini-SAS HD connectors.
  • Attributes required: For ESS solutions, a 5147-024 I/O drawer and appropriate controller. For POWER Systems, available connectors on SAS controllers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECE4) - 4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 4.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECP0) - Cloud Private Solution

This feature indicates that it is a Cloud Private Solution.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES:
(#ECR0) - 2.0 Meter Slim Rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The ECR0 rack does not come equipped with a standard front door, rear door or side covers. The following features are required for every #ECR0 rack:

  • 1x #ECRF (high-end appearance front door ) or ECRM (Basic Front Door)
  • 1x #ECRG (Rear Door)
  • 2x ECRJ (Side Covers)

The following optional feature is also offered for the ECR0 rack.

  • ECRK - Rack Rear Extension

Up to four vertically mounted Power Distribution Units (PDU) are supported and every vertically mounted PDU requires #ELC0. Each PDU beyond four will consume 1U of rack space.

  • Attributes provided:19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: One of feature #ECRF, and one of feature #ECRG and two of feature #ECRJ are required per one #ECR0 ordered.

(#ECRF) - Rack Front Door High-End appearance

This feature provides a front door in High-End appearance with an IBM logo for the S42 rack. A front door such as #ECRF is recommended on the S42 rack. A front door is required on ECR0 rack. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack.

The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRG) - Rack Rear Door Black

This feature provides a rear door in flat black color for the S42 rack. Feature number ECRF and ECR0 rack and ECRG are recommended on the S42 rack. A front and rear door is required on the ECR0 rack.

The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack.

The front doors , rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRJ) - Rack Side Cover

This feature provides one side panels in black color for the S42 or feature #ECR0 rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended on S42 rack. 2x ECRJ are required on every ECR0 for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security.

The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: One side panel for rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRK) - Rack Rear Extension 5-In
  • Attributes provided: Rack Rear Extension
  • Attributes required: Maximum one per feature #ECR0 rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRM) - Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECS0) - Indicator Assembled and Tested in China

This is indicator that the product was assembled and tested in China.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECSF) - Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France

Having #ECSF on the order, will cause the order to be routed to France and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECSJ) - NeuCloud Indicator/Specify

This is a no-charge specify code for helping IBM track orders for reporting purposes

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: used in mainland China
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECSM) - Custom Service Specify, Mexico

Having #ECSM on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Mexico and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECSP) - Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA

Having #ECSP on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Poughkeepsie, USA and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECSS) - Integrated Solution Packing

This is a routing indicator for Solution packing.

  • Attributes provided: Routing instruction for manufacturing
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECW0) - Optical Wrap Plug

A wrap plug is a small connector designed to perform a diagnostic test called a loopback test. This wrap plug is inserted into a SR optical port on a PCIe Fibre Channel adapter or a SR or LR optical port on a PCIe Ethernet adapter

This is a multi-mode LC fiber optic wrap plug with an inside/ outside optics diameter of 50/125. Its IBM part number as of early 2016 is 12R9314. An earlier equivalent function IBM part number which is no longer shipped is 11P3847.

It is strongly recommended that Fibre Channel adapters (HBAs) fill any empty adapter ports with a wrap plug. There is no technical issue leaving a port empty. However, filling all ports with a cable to a device/switch or with a wrap plug can speed the booting/IPLing of a partition and can avoid error messages uselessly pointing to a planned empty port.

There is no technical issue leaving an Ethernet port empty. Whether an Ethernet port is empty or contains a wrap plug should not impact boot/IPL time or impact empty-port messages.

  • Attributes provided: Wrap plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH10) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux

This special feature code is used when "converting" a four-pack of 387GB SSD which are mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays to four features all mounted on SFF-2 carrier/trays. SFF-2 carrier/trays can be placed in an EXP24S I/O Drawer. A special feature code was created because a) the originally announced 387GB SFF-2 feature code is either withdrawn from marketing or b) the server on which it was initially ordered is withdrawan fom marketing and the four-pack is an "iniital only" orderable feature . IBM ordering/configuring systems don't support converting to a withdrawn features or initial only features. It was decided to use the same approach for all 4-pack features for consistency even if all feature codes for your specific model are still available. This is ordered using one "remove" and four "adds" in the IBM ordering system and does not use the more common one-to-one feature conversion. IBM ships one SFF-2 carrier/tray with each #EH10 feature ordered. SFF-2 #EH10 is equivalent to one SFF-2 #ES0C. Use when converting from SFF-1 four pack #ESRA.

  • Attributes provided: SFF-2 tray/carrier resulting in feature code representing SFF-2 387GB SSD
  • Attributes required: Four-pack of 387GB SSD mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH11) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux

This special feature code is used when "converting" a four-pack of 387GB SSD which are mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays to four features all mounted on SFF-2 carrier/trays. SFF-2 carrier/trays can be placed in an EXP24S I/O Drawer. A special feature code was created because a) the originally announced 387GB SFF-2 feature code is either withdrawn from marketing or b) the server on which it was initially ordered is withdrawan fom marketing and the four-pack is an "iniital only" orderable feature . IBM ordering/configuring systems don't support converting to a withdrawn features or initial only features. It was decided to use the same approach for all 4-pack features for consistency even if all feature codes for your specific model are still available. This is ordered using one "remove" and four "adds" in the IBM ordering system and does not use the more common one-to-one feature conversion. IBM ships one SFF-2 carrier/tray with each #EH11 feature ordered. SFF-2 #EH11 is equivalent to one SFF-2 #ES19. Use when converting fom SFF-1 four pack #ESRE

  • Attributes provided: SFF-2 tray/carrier resulting in feature code representing SFF-2 387GB SSD
  • Attributes required: Four-pack of 387GB SSD mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH12) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i

This special feature code is used when "converting" a four-pack of 387GB SSD which are mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays to four features all mounted on SFF-2 carrier/trays. SFF-2 carrier/trays can be placed in an EXP24S I/O Drawer. A special feature code was created because a) the originally announced 387GB SFF-2 feature code is either withdrawn from marketing or b) the server on which it was initially ordered is withdrawan fom marketing and the four-pack is an "iniital only" orderable feature . IBM ordering/configuring systems don't support converting to a withdrawn features or initial only features. It was decided to use the same approach for all 4-pack features for consistency even if all feature codes for your specific model are still available. This is ordered using one "remove" and four "adds" in the IBM ordering system and does not use the more common one-to-one feature conversion. IBM ships one SFF-2 carrier/tray with each #EH12 feature ordered. SFF-2 #EH12 is equivalent to one SFF-2 #ES0D. Use when converting fom SFF-1 four pack #ESRB

  • Attributes provided: SFF-2 tray/carrier resulting in feature code representing SFF-2 387GB SSD
  • Attributes required: Four-pack of 387GB SSD mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH13) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i

This special feature code is used when "converting" a four-pack of 387GB SSD which are mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays to four features all mounted on SFF-2 carrier/trays. SFF-2 carrier/trays can be placed in an EXP24S I/O Drawer. A special feature code was created because a) the originally announced 387GB SFF-2 feature code is either withdrawn from marketing or b) the server on which it was initially ordered is withdrawan fom marketing and the four-pack is an "iniital only" orderable feature . IBM ordering/configuring systems don't support converting to a withdrawn features or initial only features. It was decided to use the same approach for all 4-pack features for consistency even if all feature codes for your specific model are still available. This is ordered using one "remove" and four "adds" in the IBM ordering system and does not use the more common one-to-one feature conversion. IBM ships one SFF-2 carrier/tray with each #EH13 feature ordered. SFF-2 #EH13 is equivalent to one SFF-2 #ES1A. Use when converting fom SFF-1 four pack #ESRF.

  • Attributes provided: SFF-2 tray/carrier resulting in feature code representing SFF-2 387GB SSD
  • Attributes required: Four-pack of 387GB SSD mounted on a SFF-1 carrier/trays
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH14) - GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD

This feature delivers one GEN2-S carrier as a MES upgrade. The carrier #EH14 accommodates one #ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux so it can be installed as a conversion in a GEN2 bay such as #5887 EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer. It is now functionally equivalent to #ES0C.

  • Attributes provided: One GEN2 Carrier
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 832 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH15) - Qty 150 Gen2-S Conversion Carriers for feature EQ0A 387GB SSD

Each instance of this feature #EH15 delivers 150 GEN2-S carriers as an MES upgrade. These carriers convert one #EQ0A (Quantity 150 of #ES0A, 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux). Once on the Carrier the drives can be installed in a #5887 EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer. It is now functionally equivalent #EQ0C quantity 150 of #ES0C.

  • Attributes provided: 150 GEN2 Carriers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH16) - GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD (IBM i)

This feature delivers a GEN2-S carrier as a MES upgrade. The carrier #EH16 accommodates #ES0B 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC. Once on the carrier it can be installed in a GEN2 bay such as #5887 EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer. It is now functionally equivalent to #ES0D.

  • Attributes provided: One GEN2 Carrier
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 832 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH17) - Qty 150 GEN2-S Conversion Carriers for Feature EQ0B 387GB SSD (IBM i)

Each instance of this feature #EH17 delivers 150 GEN2-S carriers as an MES upgrade. These carriers convert one #EQ0B (Quantity 150 of #ES0B 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC). Once on the Carrier the drives can be installed in a #5887 EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay drawer. It is now functionally equivalent to #EQ0D quantity 150 of #ES0D.

  • Attributes provided: 150 GEN2 Carriers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EH35) - Mobile Enablement

Enterprise Pool Enablement

  • Attributes provided: Enterprise Pool Enablement Code
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EH80) - MT 9080 Specify code

This feature is an indicator only, this feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that this is a configuration for Machine Type 9080 and this feature must be ordered for every new system, regular MES, or model upgrade MES orders.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 1
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHKV) - SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE

SAP HANA tracking feature that defines manufacturing routing.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EHR1) - Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or #ELLL)

Indicates that boot drive (disks or SSDs) are placed in an EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure

  • Attributes provided: Boot drive location specify
  • Attributes required: Available SAS bay and supported disk/SSD
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHR2) - Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or #ELLS)

Indicates that boot drive or load source (disks or SSDs)are placed in an EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure

  • Attributes provided: Boot drive / load source location specify
  • Attributes required: Available SAS bay and supported disk/SSD
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHS2) - SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 and APAR IV88680 or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 and APAR IV88679 or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 (planned availability 1/27/2017) or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 (planned availability 1/27/2017) or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ33) - PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe Gen 1 x4 full height - short card. The adapter runs in dedicated mode only (no PowerVM virtualization).

#EJ32 and #EJ33 are both feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4767. Different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ32 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ33 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette.

IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability, often 2x performance improvement over prior generation crypto cards
  • Uses newer level Power Processor (PPC) processor than previous generation cards
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA 5.3) and PKCS#11 standand
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One full-high PCIe Gen3 slot which uses a blind swap cassette
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)

    Note: Maximum of four per partition.

  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 and APAR IV88680 or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 and APAR IV88679 or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 or later (planned availability 1/27/2017)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 or later (planned availability 1/27/2017)
    • IBM i 7.2 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.3 TR1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04.01, or later

    Linux software support can be downloaded from the following location:

    http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/pciecc2/or dersoftware.shtml

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ07) - PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

PCIe3 x16 adapter provides two optical CXP ports for the attachment of two active optical cables (AOC). One adapter supports the attachment of one PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. CCIN is 6B52.

EJ07 is similar to EJ05 and EJ08, but has different packaging and different CCIN.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 adapter with two CXP ports to attach two active optical cables
  • Attributes required:

    PCIe3 x16 slot in system unit plus a pair of active optical cables (one optical pair feature such as #ECC6 or #ECC8)

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ0J) - PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter is a high performance SSD/HDD controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter does not have write cache and thus pairing with another PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter (#EJ0J or #EJ0M) is optional. Pairing can provide controller redundancy and enhance performance. There are no batteries in the adapter to maintain.dapter to maintain.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the EXP24S, EXP12SX or EXP24SX storage enclosures or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached. A maximum of 48 SSD can be attached and a maximum of 96 HDD can be attached per adapter or per adapter pair.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM).

Features #EJ0J and #EJ0M are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 57B4. #EJ0J has a full-high tailstock bracket and air baffle. #EJ0M has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EJ10/#EJ11 are identical with #EJ0J/#EJ0M, but have different feature codes to identify their use as tape/DVD controllers to IBM configurator tools instead of disk/SSD controllers.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array..

Limitations:

  • HDD/SSD workloads which are performance sensitive to WRITES should use the #EJ14 or #EJ0L controller which provides write cache.
  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • #5886 3.5-inch SAS Storage Drawer is not supported.
  • 177 GB SSD are not supported.
  • Running SAS bays for both a #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter or adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
  • If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a single controller, the #EJ0J must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36. If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a pair of controllers, at least one of the SAS adapter pairs must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36.
  • Tape/DVD cannot be mixed with disk/SSD on the same adapter.
  • Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 SAS RAID adapter with no write cache and optional pairing.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12 Gb cables such as #ECDJ, ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EJ0L) - PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 12 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter provides high performance HDD and/or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen3 technology. A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. Effectively up to 12 GB of write cache is provided using compression of 4 GB of physical cache.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the SAS EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX storage enclosures or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached with a maximum of 96 HDD or a maximum of 48 SSD. Two AA SAS cable with HD narrow connectors are attached to the #EJ0L pair to communicate status and cache content information and are required unless three or four ports are being used to attach HDD/SSD.

The #EJ0L provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). This adapter can also support the Easy Tier function (RAID 52T, 62T or 102T) for AIX and Linux. The adapter's CCIN is 57CE.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • #5886 3.5-inch SAS I/O Drawer is not supported.
  • 177 GB SSD are not supported.
  • Running SAS bays for both a #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
  • If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 at least one of the #EJ0L pairs must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36.
  • Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 adapter with up to 12 GB write cache.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4.or 12 Gb cables such as ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EJ0M) - PCIe3 LP RAID SAS ADAPTER Quad-Port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 RAID SAS LP Adapter is a high performance SSD/HDD controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter does not have write cache and thus pairing with another PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter (#EJ0M or #EJ0J) is optional. Pairing can provide controller redundancy and enhance performance. There are no batteries in the adapter to maintain.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the EXP24S, EXP12SX, EXP24SX storage enclosure or #5802/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached. A maximum of 48 SSD can be attached and a maximum of 96 HDD can be attached per adapter or per adapter pair.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM).

Features #EJ0J and #EJ0M are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 57B4. #EJ0J has a full-high tailstock bracket and air baffle. #EJ0M has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EJ10 / #EJ11 are identical with #EJ0J / #EJ0M respectively, but have different feature codes to identify their use to IBM configurator tools as tape/DVD controllers instead of disk/SSD controllers.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

  • HDD/SSD workloads which are performance sensitive to WRITES should use the #EJ14 or #EJ0L controller which provide write cache.
  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • #5886 3.5-inch SAS Storage Drawer is not supported.
  • 177 GB SSD are not supported.
  • Running SAS bays for both a EXP24S storage drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter or adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
  • A single #EJ0M cannot control drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 because the adapter must be located in that #5802/5803/ EL36 in a full high slot. However, if controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a pair of controllers, one #EJ0J can be located in that #5802/5803/EL36 and one #EJ0M can be in the system's low profile slot.
  • Tape/DVD cannot be mixed with disk/SSD on the same adapter.
  • Attributes provided: low profile PCIe3 four port x8 SAS RAID adapter with no write cache and optional pairing Attributes required: One low profile PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12 Gb cables such as #ECDJ, ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EJ10) - PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 SAS Adapter is a high performance SAS tape controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the LTO-5, LTO-6, LTO-7, and LTO-8 found in the IBM 7226-1U3 Multimedia drawers, or tape units such as the TS2250, TS2260, TS2270, and TS2280 single External Tape Drive, TS2900, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD RAM drive features available on the IBM 7226-1U3 Storage Enclosure. The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors to which AE1 SAS cables such as #ECBY and/or YE1 SAS Cables such as #ECBZ with HD narrow connectors can be attached. A max of 4 tape drives per adapter can be attached using four AE1 cables. A max of 8 tape drives can be attached using four YE1 cables.

#EJ10 (full high) and #EJ11 (low profile) are electronically the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but differ in that their tailstocks fit different size PCIe slots.

#EJ0J and #EJ10 are the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but have different feature code numbers to indicate different usage to IBM configurator tools. #EJ10 runs SAS LTO-5 or later drives and DVD. Support of both tape/DVD and HDD/SSD on the same adapter is not supported.

Note: The original #EJ0X adapter does not support DVD but also has the same CCIN.

Note: Adapter uses a Mini-SAS HD narrow connector and AE1 #ECBZ or YE1 #ECBY SAS cable.

Limitation: LTO-4 or earlier drives are not supported.

  • Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 SAS adapter
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EJ11) - PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 Low Profile SAS Adapter is a high performance SAS tape controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the LTO-5, LTO-6, LTO-7, and LTO-8 found in the IBM 7226-1U3 Multimedia drawers, or tape units such as the TS2250, TS2260, TS2270, and TS2280 single External Tape Drive, TS2900, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD RAM drive features available on the IBM 7226-1U3 Storage Enclosure. The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors to which AE1 SAS cables such as #ECBY and/or YE1 SAS Cables such as #ECBZ with HD narrow connectors can be attached. A max of 4 tape drives per adapter can be attached using four AE1 cables. A max of 8 tape drives can be attached using four YE1 cables.

#EJ10 (full high) and #EJ11 (low profile) are electronically the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but differ in that their tailstocks fit different size PCIe slots.

#EJ0M and #EJ11 are the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but have different feature code numbers to indicate different usage to IBM configurator tools. #EJ11 runs SAS LTO-5 or later tape drives and DVD. Support of both tape/DVD and HDD/SSD on the same adapter is not supported.

Note: Adapter uses a Mini-SAS HD narrow connector and AE1 #ECBZ or YE1 #ECBY SAS cable.

Limitation: LTO-4 or earlier drives are not supported.

  • Attributes provided: low profile PCIe3 four port x8 SAS adapter
  • Attributes required: One low profile PCIe slot per adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EJ14) - PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 12 GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter provides high performance HDD and/or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen3 technology. A pair of #EJ14 adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. Effectively up to 12 GB of write cache is provided using compression of 4 GB of physical cache.

The #EJ14 provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the SAS EXP24S, EXP12SX, or EXP24SX storage enclosures X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S can be attached with a maximum of 96 HDD or a maximum of 72 SSD per pair of #EJ14. If more than 48 SSD are attached, no HDD can be attached. A mix of EXP24S, EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported on the same adapter pair.

Two AA SAS cable with HD narrow connectors are attached to the #E14L pair to communicate status and cache content information and are required unless three or four ports are being used to attach HDD/SSD.

Feature #EJ14 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10, RAID 5T2, RAID 6T2, and RAID 10T2 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. Two tier arrays (5T2, 6T2 and 10T2) combine both HDD and SSD into a single array with Easy Tier functionality. AIX/Linux/VIOScan also provide OS mirroring (LVM).

On systems that support IBM i, the adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. RAID 10 is supported by IBM i 7.2. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading.

This adapter is very similar to the #EJ0L SAS adapter, but #EJ14 uses a second CPU chip in the card to provide more IOPS capacity and can attach more SSD. The #EJ14 adapter's CCIN is 57B1.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

  • Not supported on POWER7/POWER7+ servers.
  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter
  • Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 adapter with up to 12 GB write cache.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12 Gb cables such as ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability September 8, 2016)
    • AIX version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4 and IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 1, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.4.20, or later

(#EJ18) - PCIe3 LP CAPI FlashSystem Accelerator Adapter

PCIe adapter with accelerator FPGA for low latency connection using CAPI (Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface). The adapter has two 8Gb optical SR fiber connections for attachment to FlashSystem Drawer.

Adapter must be placed in a x16 slot in the system unit which is CAPI enabled. The server must have CAPI enablement feature.

Features #EJ17 and #EJ18 are electronically identical, but have different tailstock brackets. #EJ17 is full high and #EJ18 is low profile.

  • Attributes provided: CAPI enabled FPGA
  • Attributes required: One x16 CAPI enabled PCIe3 Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 7.2, or later supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ1P) - PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter

This is a PCIe Gen1 short x8 form factor adapter. It supports the attachment of SAS tape and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. The PCIe1 can be used for external tape drives which are not supported on the newer and faster 4-port 6Gb PCIe3 adapter (see feature code #EJ10/EJ11/EL60). The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the DAT72, DAT160, LTO-4, LTO-5, LTO-6, and LTO-7 found in the IBM multimedia drawers such as the 7226-1U3 or 7214-1U2 or tape units such as the TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives.

SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) 3Gb cables with mini-SAS connectors are used to attach these drives. See feature codes #3684 (3 meter) and #3685 (6 meter). The same AE cables can often alternatively be ordered under the tape enclosure or multimedia drawer.

Feature EJ1P and EJ1N are electrically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 57B3. EJ1P has a full-high tailstock bracket and EJ1N has a low profile tailstock bracket. Feature EJ1P/EJ1N is the same adapter as #5901/5278 but designates to IBM configurator tools that the usage will be tape/DVD and will not be used for disk.

  • Attributes provided: Two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • AIX Version 6.1, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Ubuntu not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported

(#EJ28) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#EJ27, #EJ28 and #EJ29 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ27 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ28 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #EJ29 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette. 2

#EJ27, EJ28 and EJ29 are identical to #4807, #4808 and #4809 adapters which were manufactured after 2012, but different from #4807, #4808 and #4809 adapters manufactured prior to 2012.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One full-high PCIe slot using a gen3 blind swap cassette such as found in an EM0X Gen3 I/O drawer or #5802/5803/5873/5877 12X-attached I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPJ) - Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that one EXP24 SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays) with only one group of 12 drive bays enabled by connecting to one PCIe 3G SAS controller (5901/5278) using one appropriate YO cable. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 2 with 12 drive bays enabled
  • Attributes required: One YO cable (#3691/#EL1Z 1.5M, #3692/#EL20 3M, #3693/#EL1W 6M, #3694/#EL1U 15M) and one (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPK) - Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that one EXP24 SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays) with only one group of 12 drive bays enabled by connecting to two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (5901/5278) using one appropriate X cable. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 2 with 12 drive bays enabled
  • Attributes required: One dual X cable (#3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and two (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPL) - Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with only one group of 6 drive bays enabled by connecting to one PCIe 3G SAS controller (5901/5278) using one appropriate X cable connecting to only one adapter port. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 4 with 6 drive bays enabled
  • Attributes required: One dual X cable #3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and one (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPM) - Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with two groups of 6 drive bays enabled by connecting to two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (5901/5278) using one appropriate X cable connecting to only one adapter port on each controller. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 4 with 12 drive bays enabled
  • Attributes required: One dual X cable (#3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and two (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPN) - Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with three groups of 6 drive bays enabled by connecting to three PCIe 3G SAS controllers (5901/5278) using two appropriate X cables connecting to only one adapter port on each controller. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 4 with 18 drive bays enabled
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and three (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPR) - Specify mode-2 (2)5903/5805 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays) with only one group of 12 drive bays enabled by connecting to one pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controllers (5903/5805) using one appropriate X cable. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 2 with 12 drive bays enabled.
  • Attributes required: One dual X cable #3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and two (5903/5805) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJPT) - Specify mode-2 (2)5913 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays) with only one group of 12 drive bays enabled by connecting to one pair of PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb controllers (5913) using one appropriate 6G X cable. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 2 with 12 drive bays enabled.
  • Attributes required: One 6G dual X cable (#3454/#EL1Z 3M, #3455/#EL20 6M, #3456/#EL1Y 10M) and one pair 5913 dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR1) - Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B ) and one 6G YO SAS Cable.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter, one SAS YO cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR2) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two (one pair) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR3) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (one pair) RAID PCIe3 SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR4) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four (two pair) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR5) - Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using four (unpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR6) - Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawe, one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter,two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR7) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (nonpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRA) - Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G YO SAS Cables.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR7.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter, one 6G YO SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRB) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J ) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, one 6G X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRC) - Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G X SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5, #EJRD or #EJRE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter, one 6G X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRD) - Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using two (nonpaired) PCIe RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G X SAS Cables.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5 or #EJRE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, one 6G X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRE) - Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using three (nonpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables. One leg of one X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, three PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, two 6G X SAS cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRF) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode1, two PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: IBM i supported, refer to #EJ14 for IBM i levels
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRG) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode 2, two PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRH) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode2, two PCIe3 #EJ14, one SAS X cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRJ) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G X SAS Cable.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode2, four PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRL) -Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter

Feature EJRL must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #EJ14. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #EJ14 on one system and the paired #EJ14 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized as its pair. This specify indicates the pairing will not be on just one server.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Only one #EJ14 on a server and its pair on a different server.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required: Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRP) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRR) - Specify mode-2 1(4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

Specify feature EJRR (Specify mode-2 1(4 )EJ0L for EXP24S #5887 or #EL1S) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to mode 2 (two sets of 12 SFF bays) and four PCIe2 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb. Select #EJ0L and two appropriate length HD narrow X cable (#ECBJ -#ECBM). Include two AA cables (#ECCO - #ECC4) between each pair of SAS adapters (total of 4 AA cables). Note: IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Configure #5887/EL1S in Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables, four AA cables and one port on each of four #EJ0Ls dedicated to the single #5887/EL1S.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EJRS) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRT) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two 12GB Cache RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L ) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, one SAS X cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRU) - Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

Feature EJRU must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #EJ0L. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #EJ0L on one system and the paired #EJ0L located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #EJ0L requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#EJ0L) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJS1) - Non-paired Indicator ESA3 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

Feature EJS1 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #ESA3. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #ESA3 on one system and the paired #ESA3 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.

Every #EJS1 requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#ESA3) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.

Limitation

  • Cannot be used with #5913
  • Cannot be used with #5924
  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #ESA3 requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter CR (#ESA3) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJS2) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (one pair) of PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS adapter (#ESA3 ) and one X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If additional adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJS4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapters, one X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJS3) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two (one pair) of PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS adapter (#ESA3) and two YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJS4) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four (two pairs) of PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS adapters (#ESA3) and two X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe2 1.8GB Cache SAS RAID Adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV1) - Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV2) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV3) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV4) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four (two pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV5) - Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to four (unpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV6) - Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV7) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or#ECBW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVA) - Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or#ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV7.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVB) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVC) - Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL. One leg of the X12 cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5, #EJVD or #EJVE. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP12SX Drawer (#ESLL/ELLL) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EL59/EJ0M/EL3B) and one X12 SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end. This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP12SX. If adapters/ cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5, #EJVD or #EJVE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVD) - Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to Two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5 or #EJVE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVE) - Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to Three (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL. One leg of one of the two X12 cables is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVF) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVG) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of January 24, 2017)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVH) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of January 24, 2017)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJVG.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVJ) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of January 24, 2017)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVP) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVR) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of January 24, 2017)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVS) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of January 24, 2017)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVT) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L1(1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of January 24, 2017)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJVG.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW1) - Specify Mode-1 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - Supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW2) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - Supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW3) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW4) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to four (two pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW5) - Specify Mode-4 1(4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four (unpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW6) - Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW7) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or#ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWA) - Specify Mode-2 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or#ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW7.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWB) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partioal" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWC) - Specify Mode-4 1(1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL. One leg of the X12 cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5, #EJWD or #EJWE. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24SX Drawer (#ESLS/ELLS) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EL59/EJ0M/ EL3B) and one X12 SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end. This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24SX. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5, #EJWD or #EJWE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWD) - Specify Mode-4 1(2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to Two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5 or #EJWE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWE) - Specify Mode-4 1(3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to Three (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL. One leg of one of the two X12 cables is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWF) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ14 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWG) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWH) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ14 1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJWG.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWJ) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ14 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to four #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWP) - Specify Mode-1 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWR) - Specify Mode-2 1(4)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to four #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWS) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L 1(2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWT) - Specify Mode-2 1(2)EJ0L1(1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJWG.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK51) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK52) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK53) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK54) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK55) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK56) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK57) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK58) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK59) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK60) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK61) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK62) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK64) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK65) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK66) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK67) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK68) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK69) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK70) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK71) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK72) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK73) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK74) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK75) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK76) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK77) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK78) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK79) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK80) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK81) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK82) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EK83) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P business black quiet touch keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELC0) - PDU Access Cord 0.38m

This 0.38 meter (14 inch) cord is used with a vertically mounted PDU (Power Distribution Unit) such as a #7188 or #7109 when the PDU is located in a 7953-94Y or #ER05 Slim Rack. One end of this power cord connects to the PDU. The other end of this cord connects to the power cord running to the wall outlet or electrical power source.

One PDU Access Cord is required per vertically mounted PDU. Without a PDU Access Cord, inserting and removing the wall outlet power cord into the PDU can be very difficult in the narrow side pockets of the Slim Rack. A PDU Access Cord is not required for PDUs in wider racks such as the 7014-T42 or #0553.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELC5) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU power jumper cord length (2.8M or 4.3M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory for servers that use power supplies with C14 inlets that are going to be factory integrated with IBM racks (such as with 7014-T00 or T42 racks) that contains C19 PDU types.

Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650. Power jumper cord has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C20 on the other end (for IBM PDU C19 receptacle). MES orders of FC #ELC5 will ship 4.3m length. If MES customers want 2.8m length should order #6665.

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord (2.8m or 4.3m)
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELJ5) - Power IFL Processor Activation

This no-charge feature delivers Qty = 4 processor activations in support of a Power IFL chargeable package feature such as FC#ELJG.

  • Attributes provided: Power IFL Qty = 4 processor activations
  • Attributes required: Package IFL feature on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: System Max Limits with following Processors

    • #EPBA Max = 64
(#ELJG) - Power Integrated Facility for Linux Package

This feature delivers Qty = 4 processor activations, Qty = 32 1GB memory activations and Qty = 4 PowerVM for Linux licenses for 4 processor cores.

This is a chargeable feature code which will cause IBM configuration tools to add the proper quantity of no-charge features associated with processor activations, such as ELJ5, ELJ6, ELJ7, and memory activations (ELJH). When the number of #ELJG features ordered are equal to defined system minimum order requirements for static processor and memory activations, the activation requirement is satisfied.

  • Attributes provided: Power IFL package of processor and memory activation and PowerVM
  • Attributes required: server supporting Power IFL
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: System Max Limits with following Processors

    • #EPBA Max = 64
(#ELJH) - Power IFL Memory Activation

This no-charge feature delivers Qty = 32 1GB memory activations in support of a Power IFL chargeable package such as FC #ELJG

  • Attributes provided: Power IFL Qty = 32 memory activations, fulfilled by ordering chargeable package such as #ELJG.
  • Attributes required: Package IFL feature on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: System Max Limits with following Processors

    • #EPBA Max = 64
(#ELJJ) - Power IFL PowerVM for Linux

This no-charge feature delivers Qty = 4 PowerVM for Linux entitlements for 4 processor cores in support of a Power IFL chargeable package such as FC#ELJG.

  • Attributes provided: Power IFL Qty = 4 PowerVM for Linux entitlements
  • Attributes required: Package IFL feature on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: System Max Limits with following Processors

    • #EPBA Max = 64
(#ELS0) - Boot From Existing Drive Specified

This feature is used when the client is providing their own EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/EL1S) and a disk which the new system will boot from. Client will need to do a Record Purpose only (RPO) off EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer from existing server and then RPO on to the new server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELS9) - #ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ES1A Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES11
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELSH) - #ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0H Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES0H
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELSN) - #ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )

This specify code indicates that a #ESDN disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESDN
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i - refer to feature #ESDN
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELSR) - #ES0R Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2 4K)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0R SSD is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES0R
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELST) - #ES0T Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2 4K)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0T SSD is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES0T
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT1) - #ES81 Load Source Specify (1.9TB SFF-2 SSD)

This specify code indicates that a #ES81 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES81
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to #ES81
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT2) - #ESF2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESF2 disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESF2
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 7.1 TR10 and 7.2 TR2, or later supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT6) - #ES86 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #ES86 solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES86
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES86
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT9) - #ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #ES79 solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES79
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ES79
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTD) - #ES8D Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #ES8D solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES8D
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ES8D
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTF) - #ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #ES7F solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES7F
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ES7F
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTG) - #ES8G Load Source Specify (1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #ES8G solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES8G
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to #ES8G
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTN) - #ESFN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K 4224)

This specify code indicates that a #ESFN Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source specify
  • Attributes required: #ESFN
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTS) - #ESFS Load Source Specify (1.7TB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESF5 disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESFS
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 7.2 TR2, or later supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTU) - #ESEU Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESEU disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESEU
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 7.1 TR10 and 7.2 TR2, or later supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTY) - #ESEY Load Source Specify (283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K 4224)

This specify code indicates that a #ESEY Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source specify
  • Attributes required: #ESEY
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUL) - #ESNL Load Source Specify (283GB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESNL Hard Disk Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESNL
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESNL
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUQ) - #ESNQ Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESNQ Hard Disk Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESNQ
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESNQ
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ6) - #ESG6 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESG6 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESG6
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ7) - #ES97 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ES97 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ES97
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ES97
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ8) - #ESE8 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESE8 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESE8
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESE8
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ9) - #ESM9 Load Source Specify (3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESM9 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESM9
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESM9
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZC) - #ESGC Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGC Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZG) - #ESGG Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGG Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGG
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZK) - #ESHK Load Source Specify (931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESHK Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESHK
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESHK
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZL) - #ESGL Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGL Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGL
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZM) - #ESHM Load Source Specify (1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESHM Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESHM
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESHM
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZQ) - #ESGQ Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGQ Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGQ
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZZ) - #ES8Z Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ES8Z Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ES8Z
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ES8Z
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EM82) - ACTIVE MEMORY EXPANSION ENABLEMENT

Feature number EM82 instructs manufacturing to enable memory expansion on the system.

  • Attributes provided: Enables Active Memory Expansion
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EM8J) - 64GB (4X16GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

Memory Feature is a total of 64GB of memory. 4 each 16GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 64GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x16GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8K) - 128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

Memory Feature is a total of 128GB of memory. 4 each 32GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 128GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x32GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8L) - 256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

Memory Feature is a total of 256GB of memory. 4 each 64GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, DDP Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 256GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x64GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8M) - 512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

Memory Feature is a total of 512GB of memory. 4 each 128GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, DDP Tall.

  • Attributes provided: 512GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x64GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8U) - 64 GB DDR4 Memory (4x16GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 16GB CDIMMs providing 64GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory can not be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node) firmware FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (le) or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3 or later
    • AIX 6.1, 7.1, and 7.2 or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8V) - 128 GB DDR4 Memory (4x32GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 32GB CDIMMs providing 128GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory can not be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node) firmware FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (le) or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3 or later
    • AIX 6.1, 7.1, and 7.2 or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8W) - 256 GB DDR4 Memory (4x64GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 64GB CDIMMs providing 256GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory can not be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node) firmware FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (le) or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3 or later
    • AIX 6.1, 7.1, and 7.2 or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8X) - 512 GB DDR4 Memory (4x128GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 128GB CDIMMs providing 512GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory can not be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node) firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (le) or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3 or later
    • AIX 6.1, 7.1, and 7.2 or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8Y) - 1024GB (4x256GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT, DDR4 DRAM

Feature ships four 256GB CDIMMs providing 1024GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • For the FW840 levels, DDR4 memory can not be mixed in the same system with DDR3 memory.
  • For the FW860 levels, DDR4 memory can be mixed in the same system, but no mixing of DDR3 and DDR4 is allowed in a node.
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM and all CDIMMS must be the same size with FW840.23 (SC840_118).
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM, but multiple size CDIMM can be place on one node with Firmware level 860.10 (SC860_056), or later.
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMS
  • Attributes required:
    • 4 Four empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
    • Firmware level FW840.23 (SC840_118) or later
    • Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056) or later for mixing DDR4 and DDR3 in a system but no mixing in a node
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (le), or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • AIX 6.1, 7.1, and 7.2, or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations.
    • All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM9T) - 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement

The 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement (#EM9T) feature can be ordered to enable your server for Elastic Capacity on Demand. You must sign an Elastic Capacity on Demand contract and the Sales Channel has to register the server before an MES order can be fulfilled for #EM9T. Feature code #EM9T provides access to Elastic CoD memory resources for 90 days. Access to these resources is measured in GB-days. For example, if there are 100 GBs of inactive, CoD memory installed, this feature will enable usage of 9000 GB-days (9 TB-days) before disabling Elastic CoD access to the inactive memory.

After usage of this feature has been exhausted, additional temporary usage of Elastic CoD memory resources may be activated by ordering another Elastic CoD enablement code, #EM9T. Before ordering a fourth enablement code, after the system maximum of 3 has been reached, the current code must be RPO deleted from the configuration file with a MES delete order.

Usage of Elastic temporary CoD memory is billed by ordering #EMJ4 - 8 GB-Day Memory Activation, #EMJ5 - Quantity of 800 #EMJ4 Memory Activations, and #EMJ6 - Quantity of 999 #EMJ4 Memory Activations. The 9119 - MHE maximum Elastic GB-days billable on any one order using #EMJ4, #EMJ5 and #EMJ6 is 6,144,000 GBs. The 9119 - MME maximum Elastic GB-days billable on any one order using #EMJ4, #EMJ5 and #EMJ6 is 3,072,000 GBs.

  • Attributes provided: This feature provides access to Elastic inactive CoD memory resources for 90 days
  • Attributes required: Inactive CoD Memory
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Customer is limited to select a quantity between 0 and 4 for this feature on a single MES order.

(#EMA5) - 1GB Memory Activation

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate 1 GB of DDR3/DDR4, POWER8 memory.

  • Attributes provided:

    1GB Memory Activation.

  • Attributes required:

    DDR3/DDR4 memory

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16384 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMA6) - Quantity of 100 1GB Memory Activations (#EMA5)

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate 100 GB of DDR3/DDR4, POWER8 memory.

  • Attributes provided:

    Quantity of 100 1GB Memory Activation.

  • Attributes required:

    DDR3/DDR4 memory

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 163 (Initial order maximum: 163)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMA7) - 100 GB Mobile Memory Activations

One #EMA7 feature is ordered for each 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory activation.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 of mobile memory.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 123 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMA9) - 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations

One #EMA7 feature is ordered for each 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory activation. With this feature, the memory can be enabled at a later time.

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 123 (Initial order maximum: 123)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMAF) - 100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (Upgrade from P7)

100 GB Mobile Memory Activation upgraded from POWER7.

  • Attributes provided: 100 GB Activation Code Number
  • Attributes required: memory FCs
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 61 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: does not apply
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMB6) - Bundle of eight #EM8M, 512GB 1600 MHz Memory

This CoD memory feature ships 32 128GB CDIMMS equivalent to eight FC #EM8M, 512 GB of 1600 MHz POWER8 system memory.

When ordering #EMB6, a quantity of 8 of #EMB7 must be ordered for each #EMB6 ordered.

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: 4TB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 32 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: #EMB6 is not supported in China and Korea.

(#EMB7) - Memory Activations for #EMB6 or #EMBA

This feature makes available 512 GB of DDR3/DDR4, POWER8 memory activations.

It must be ordered in quantities of 8 (providing a total of 4 TB of memory activation).

This feature must be ordered with #EMB6. For each #EMB6 ordered a quantity of 8 #EMB7 features must be ordered.

This feature must be ordered with #EMBA. For each #EMBA ordered a quantity of 16 #EMB7 features must be ordered.

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: Activates memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased.
  • Attributes required: #EMB6 or #EMBA bundle memory feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: #EMB7 is not supported in China and Korea.

(#EMB8) - Five Hundred and Twelve Memory Activations for IFL

This CoD memory feature makes available the equivalent to five hundred and twelve FC #EMA5, Quantity of 1 GB of DDR3/DDR4, POWER8 memory activation.

#EMB8 is only available when feature #ELJG is ordered or already on the system. The quantity of #EMB8 can be optionally ordered up to 2x than the quantity of feature #ELJG on the system (so minimum of 512GB inactive memory must be available on the system).

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: Activates memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: #EMB8 is not supported in China.

(#EMBA) - Bundle of eight #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz DDR4 Memory

This CoD memory feature ships 32 of 256GB CDIMMs equivalent to eight of feature code #EM8Y, 1024 GB of 1600 MHz POWER8 system DDR4 memory.

When ordering #EMBA, static activation EMA5 or EMA6 or EMB7 must be ordered for each #EMBA ordered.

  • Feature #EMA5 will permanently activate 1 GB of memory.
  • Feature #EMA6 will permanently activate 100 GB of memory.
  • Feature #EMB7 makes available 512GB of memory activations (It must be ordered in quantities of 8 (providing a total of 4 TB of memory activation).

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: 8 TB of DDR4 memory.
  • Attributes required: 32 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (le), or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • AIX 6.1, 7.1, and 7.2, or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMBB) - Memory Activations for #EMBA

This feature makes available 1024GB of DDR4 1600 MHz, POWER8 memory activations.

It must be ordered in quantities of 8 (providing a total of 8TB of memory activation). This feature must be ordered with #EMBA. For each #EMBA ordered 8 #EMBB features must be ordered.

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: Activates memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased.
  • Attributes required: #EMBA memory feature
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMBC) - 1,024 Memory Activations for IFL

This CoD memory feature makes available the equivalent to 1,024 of feature code EMA5, Quantity of 1 GB of DDR3 1600 MHz, POWER8 memory.

#EMBC is only available when one of the following Power IFL (Integrated Facility for Linux) FC #ELJ5, #ELJ6, or #ELJ7 is ordered or already on the system. The quantity of #EMB8 must be equal to or less than the quantity of IFL FC's #ELJ5, #ELJ6, or #ELJ7 on the system (so minimum of 1024GB inactive memory must be available on the system) .

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: Activates memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EME0) - Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion

Feature is used to order automatic conversion of a static action to a mobile activation without IBM intervention. The term "static activations" also includes Mobile Enabled activations which are technically static. Firmware 840, or later is a pre-requisite. Use of this feature on servers with firmware 830 or earlier will require IBM intervention through the pcod@us.ibm.com

  • Attributes provided: Automated conversion
  • Attributes required: Firmware 840
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 123 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMJ4) - 8 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory

Provides 8 GB-Day of billing based on the usage of #EM9T - 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Elastic Capacity on Demand contract
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMJ5) - 800 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory

Provides 800 GB-Days of billing based on the usage of #EM9T - 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Elastic Capacity on Demand contract
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMJ6) - 999 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory

(No Longer Available as of November 8, 2016)

Provides 999 GB-Days of billing based on the usage of #EM9T - 90 Days Elastic CoD Memroy Enablement.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Elastic Capacity on Demand contract
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 100 (Initial order maximum: 100)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMX0) - PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer

This 19-inch, 4U (4 EIA) enclosure provides PCIe Gen3 slots outside of the system unit. It has two module bays. One 6-Slot Fanout Module (#EMXF or EMXG) placed in each module bay. Two 6-slot modules provide a total of 12 PCIe Gen3 slots. Each fanout module is connected to a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter located in the system unit over an active optical cable (AOC) pair.

The PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer has two redundant, hotplug power supplies. Each power supply has its own separately ordered power cord. The two power cords plug into a Power supply conduit which connects to the power supply. The single-phase AC power supply is rated at 1030 Watt and can use 100-120V or 200-240V. If using 100-120V, then the maximum is 950 Watt. It's recommended the power supply connect to a PDU in the rack. Power Systems PDUs are designed for 200-240V electrical source.

The drawer has fixed rails which can accommodate racks with depths from 27.5 inches to 30.5 inches.

Limitations:

  • #EMX0 has a cable management bracket located at the rear of the drawer which swings up to provide service access to the PCIe adapters. 2U (2 EIA) of space is required to swing up the bracket. Thus the drawer cannot be placed in the very top 2U of a rack.
  • There is a power cord access consideration with vertically mounted PDUs on the right hand side of the rack when viewed from the rear of the rack. The #EMX0 cable management bracket makes accessing some of the PDU outlets located at the same rack height as the #EMX0 drawer more challenging. Using a horizontally mounted PDU or locating the PDU or #EMX0 at a different vertical location is recommended.
  • Attributes provided: 19-inch 4U (4 EIA) PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: Two PCIe Optical Cable Adapters (#EJ07/#EJ05/#EJ08), two PCIe3 fanout modules (#EMXF), optical cable pairs (such as #ECC6 or #ECC8), one power supply conduit (such as #EMXA).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMXA) - AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

Provides two 320-C14 inlet electrical connections for two separately ordered AC power cords with C13 connector plugs. Conduit provides electrical power connection between two power supplies located in the front of a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) and two power cords which connect on the rear of the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Two AC Power Supply connections
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer and two AC power cords
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMXB) - DC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of October 19, 2018)

Provides two DC inlet electrical connections for two separately ordered DC power cords. Conduit provides electrical power connection between two power supplies located in the front of a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) and two power cords which connect on the rear of the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Two DC power supply connections
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer and two DC power cords
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMXF) - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

PCIe3 fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Provides six PCIe Gen3 full high, full length slots (two x16 and four x8). The PCIe slots are hot plug.

The module has two CXP ports which are connected two CXP ports on a PCIe Optical Cable Adapter #EJ05 or #EJ07 or #EJ08 depending on the server selected. A pair of active optical cables (AOC) are used for this connection. The top CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter. The bottom CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the bottom CXP port of the same PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 6-slot fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: Available bay in PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max of 2 per I/O Exp Drawer #EMX0

(#EMXG) - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

PCIe3 fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Provides six PCIe Gen3 full high, full length slots (two x16 and four x8). The PCIe slots are hot plug. With firmware 8.4 or later, the fanout module supports concurrent maintenance, though obviously while off-line all its PCIe slots are also off-line. Blind swap cassettes (BSC) are used for the PCIe slots. The BSC are interchangeable with the #5802/5877/5803/5873 12X PCIe I/O Drawer BSC.

The module has two CXP ports which are connected two CXP ports on a PCIe Optical Cable Adapter #EJ05 or #EJ07 or #EJ08 depending on the server selected. A pair of active optical CXP cables (AOC) or a pair of CXP copper cables are used for this connection. The top CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter. The bottom CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the bottom CXP port of the same PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter.

EMXG is a follow-on to the original EMXF fanout module. EMXG and EMXF are functionally identical but EMXG implements a small physical change to enable a larger set of potential PCIe adapters to be housed. EMXG and EMXF can be intermixed in the same drawer. There is no difference in firmware or software prerequisites for the EMXF and EMXG. EMXG and for EMXF use the same BSC.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 6-slot fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: Available bay in PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Firmware 8.40 or later for copper CXP cables.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux -supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN01) - 1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper

1m (3.3-ft) copper active twinax Ethernet cable which supports Ethernet data transfer rates up to 10 Gb/s. The cable has a copper twinax transceiver on each end which is placed in an SFP+ port of an adapter and/or a switch. This cabling option can be a cost effective alternative to optical cable for short reach link high-speed connection.

  • Attributes provided: 10Gb/s copper active twinax Ethernet cable
  • Attributes required: One available SFP+ 10Gb/s Ethernet Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN02) - 3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper

3m (9.8-ft) copper active twinax Ethernet cable which supports Ethernet data transfer rates up to 10 Gb/s. The cable has a copper twinax transceiver on each end which is placed in an SFP+ port of an adapter and/or a switch. This cabling option can be a cost effective alternative to optical cable for short reach link high-speed connection.

  • Attributes provided: 10Gb/s copper active twinax Ethernet cable
  • Attributes required: One available SFP+ 10Gb/s Ethernet Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN03) - 5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper

5m (16.4-ft) copper active twinax Ethernet cable which supports Ethernet data transfer rates up to 10 Gb/s. The cable has a copper twinax transceiver on each end which is placed in an SFP+ port of an adapter and/or a switch. This cabling option can be a cost effective alternative to optical cable for short reach link high-speed connection.

  • Attributes provided: 10Gb/s copper active twinax Ethernet cable
  • Attributes required: One available SFP+ 10Gb/s Ethernet Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN0A) - PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter

PCIe Gen3 16 Gigabit dual-port Fibre Channel (FC) Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe16002B PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). The adapter provides two ports of 16Gb Fibre Channel capability using SR optics. Each port can provide up to 16Gb Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 4, 8 and 16 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch at 4Gb, 8Gb or 16Gb. It can directly attach to a device without a switch at 16Gb. Attachment without a switch is not supported at 4Gb or 8Gb

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Feature #EN0A and #EN0B are electronically identical. They differ physically only that EN0A has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0B has a tail stock for low profile PCIe slots. CCIN is 577F for both features.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM4 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 4700 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

The maximum cable lengths at the three different link speeds are:

Cable   4 Gbps   8 Gbps   16 Gbps
------ -------- -------- --------
OM4     400m     190m     125m
OM3     380m     150m     100m
OM2     150m     50m      35m
OM1     70m      21m      15m
  • Attributes provided: Two 16Gb FC ports (with LC connectors)
  • Attributes required: Available PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot in supported server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 with IBM 7.1.0 machine code RS710-S, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • AIX supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0B) - PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter

PCIe Gen3 16 Gigabit dual-port Fibre Channel (FC) Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe16002B PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). The adapter provides two ports of 16Gb Fibre Channel capability using SR optics. Each port can provide up to 16Gb Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 4, 8 and 16 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch at 4Gb, 8Gb or 16Gb. It can directly attach to a device without a switch at 16Gb. Attachment without a switch is not supported at 4Gb or 8Gb

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Feature #EN0A and #EN0B are electronically identical. They differ physically only that EN0A has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0B has a tail stock for low profile PCIe slots. CCIN is 577F for both features.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM4 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 4700 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

The maximum cable lengths at the three different link speeds are:

Cable   4 Gbps   8 Gbps   16 Gbps
------ -------- -------- --------
OM4     400m     190m     125m
OM3     380m     150m     100m
OM2     150m     50m      35m
OM1     70m      21m      15m
  • Attributes provided: Two 16Gb FC ports (with LC connectors)
  • Attributes required: Available PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot in supported server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 with IBM 7.1.0 machine code RS710-S, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • AIX supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0F) - PCIe2 LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

This feature ships a two-port, 8 Gb PCIe Gen2 Fibre Channel Adapter based on the QLogic QLE2562 Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch or can directly attach to a Fibre Channel port on a supported storage unit. N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS. Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  

#EN0F and #EN0F are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 578D. #EN0F has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EN0G has a full high tailstock bracket.

See also feature #5273 or #5735 for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on an Emulex adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is a) required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is: a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port Fibre Channel adapter
  • Attributes required: Low Profile PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 1, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 2
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2
    • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 (planned availability September 8, 2016)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.4.2, or later

(#EN0G) - PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

This feature ships a two-port, 8 Gb PCIe Gen2 Fibre Channel Adapter based on the QLogic QLE2562 Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch or can directly attach to a Fibre Channel port on a supported storage unit. N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS. Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  

#EN0F and #EN0F are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 578D. #EN0F has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EN0G has a full high tailstock bracket.

See also feature #5273 or #5735 for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on an Emulex adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is a) required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is: a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port Fibre Channel adapter
  • Attributes required: Full High PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 1, or later
    • Ubuntu 16.04, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 2
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2
    • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 (planned availability September 8, 2016)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.4.2, or later

(#EN0H) - PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Limitation: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) function is not supported in POWER9 servers.

NPIV capability is provided through VIOS

SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fiber cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0H and #EN0J adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0H has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0J has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2B93 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and IBM i 7.2 TR1 supported only with VIOS
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR10, or later supported with only with VIOS or SRIOV, Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • IBM i - 7.2 TR 2, or later supported only with VIOS or SRIOV An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0J) - PCIe3 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Limitation: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) function is not supported in POWER9 servers.

NPIV capability is provided through VIOS

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fiber cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0H and #EN0J adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0H has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0J has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2B93 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later and IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS or SRIOV, Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0K) - PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb ports for active copper twinax cables and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA (both NIC and FCoE) functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Limitation: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) function is not supported in POWER9 servers.

NPIV capability is provided through VIOS

SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0K and #EN0L adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0K has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0L has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC1 for both features.

#EN0K/EN0L are very similar to the #EN0H/#EN0J adapters except the #EN0H/EN0K use SR optical cabling and has a different CCIN.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and IBM i 7.2 TR1 supported only with VIOS
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR10, or later supported with only with VIOS or SRIOV, Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • IBM i - 7.2 TR 2, or later supported only with VIOS or SRIOV An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Single root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV)
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP3, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0L) - PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45

This low profile PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb ports for active copper twinax cables and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA (both NIC and FCoE) functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Limitation: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) function is not supported in POWER9 servers.

NPIV capability is provided through VIOS SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports. The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic. For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported. #EN0K and #EN0L adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0K has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0L has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC1 for both features. #EN0K/EN0L are very similar to the #EN0H/#EN0J adapters except the #EN0H/EN0K use SR optical cabling and has a different CCIN. Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later and IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS or SRIOV, Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Single root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV)
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP3, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0M) - PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of April 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb LR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. NPIV capability is provided through VIOS. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Limitation: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) function is not supported in POWER9 servers.

SR-IOV capacity for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical LR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize longtwave laser optics and 1310nm fiber cabling. With 9 micron OS1, up to 10 kilometer length fiber cables are supported. Priority Flow Control (PFC) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) are only supported for distances of 300 meters or less. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0M and #EN0N adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0M has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0N has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC0 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - full high
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR9 and IBM i 7.2 TR1 supported only with VIOS
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR10, or later suppored onlly with VIOS or SRIOV. Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • IBM i - 7.2 TR 2, or later supported only with VIOS or SRIOV Note - IBM i supported only with VIOS or SR-IOV. An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0N) - PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of April 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb LR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. NPIV capability is provided through VIOS. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Limitation: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) function is not supported in POWER9 servers.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical LR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize longtwave laser optics and 1310nm fiber cabling. With 9 micron OS1, up to 10 kilometer length fiber cables are supported. Priority Flow Control (PFC) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) are only supported for distances of 300 meters or less. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0M and #EN0N adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0M has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0N has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC0 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - low profile
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR9 and IBM i 7.2 TR1 supported only with VIOS
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR10, or later supported with only with VIOS or SRIOV. Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • IBM i - 7.2 TR 2, or later supported only with VIOS or SRIOV. Note - An HMC is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0S) - PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter

PCIe Gen2 x8 short Ethernet adapter supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic. The adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include optical SR transceivers. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fiber cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0S and #EN0T adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0S has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0T has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC3 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • VIOS NIM and LINUX NETWORK INSTALL are supported.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10GBASE-SR), IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T GbE), IEEEu 802.3u (100BASE-T), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses/promiscuous mode (for PowerVM/VIOS) per interface
  • Message Signalling Interrupt MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) RSS (Receive Side Scaling) support for IPv4, IPv6 and UDP for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i, and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the the adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - full high
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 7.1 with 7100-03 Technology Level Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with 7100-09 Technology Level Service Pack 3, or later
    • IBM i supported through VIOS
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later with current maintenance updates available from SUSE
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER V6.5 for POWER, or later with current maintenance updates available from Red Hat
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER V7 for POWER, or later with current maintenance updates available from Red Hat
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • VIOS 2.2.3.3, or later
    • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
    • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter.
(#EN0T) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter

PCIe Gen2 x8 short Ethernet adapter supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic. The adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include optical SR transceivers. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fiber cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0S and #EN0T adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0S has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0T has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC3 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • VIOS NIM and LINUX NETWORK INSTALL are supported.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10GBASE-SR), IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T GbE), IEEEu 802.3u (100BASE-T), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses/promiscuous mode (for PowerVM/VIOS) per interface
  • Message Signalling Interrupt MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) RSS (Receive Side Scaling) support for IPv4, IPv6 and UDP for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - low profile
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i is supported only with VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0U) - PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter

PCIe Gen2 x8 short Ethernet adapter supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic. The adapter provides two 10 Gb twinax copperl ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0U and #EN0V adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0U has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0V has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC3 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE),IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T GbE), 100BASE-T IEEEu, 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses/promiscuous mode (for PowerVM/VIOS) per interface
  • Message Signalling Interrupt MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - full high
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, big endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i - not supported (use VIOS)
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0V) - PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter

Note: This feature is for IBM Data Engine for Hadoop and Spark - PowerSystem Edition only.

PCIe Gen2 x8 short Ethernet adapter supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic. The adapter provides two 10 Gb twinax copperl ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0U and #EN0V adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0U has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0V has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC3 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • VIOS NIM and LINUX NETWORK INSTALL are supported.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE),IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T GbE), 100BASE-T IEEEu, 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses/promiscuous mode (for PowerVM/VIOS) per interface
  • Message Signalling Interrupt MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - low profile
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
    • Ubuntu 15.04, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0W) - PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter

PCIe Gen2 short x8 adapter which provides two 10G-BaseT ports. The ports are RJ45. The ports default to auto negotiate the highest speed either 10Gb (10GBaseT), 1Gb (1000BaseT) or 100Mb (100BaseT) full duplex. Each RJ45 port's configuration is independent of the other. The adapter supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic.

The RJ45 ports use 4-pair CAT-6A cabling for distances of up to 100 meters or CAT-6 cabling for distances up to 37 meters. CAT5 cabling is not tested and is not supported.

#EN0W and #EN0X are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 2CC4. #EN0W has a full high tail stock and #EN0X has a low profile tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • VIOS NIM and LINUX NETWORK INSTALL are supported.
  • IEEE 802.3an (10GBASE-T), IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T GbE), IEEEu (100BASE-T), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses / promiscuous mode (for PowerVM/VIOS) per interface
  • Message Signalling Interrupt (MSI-X, MSI) support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO)
  • RSS (Receive Side Scaling) support for IPv4, IPv6 and UDP.
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i, and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the the adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Two 10G-BaseT ports
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - full high
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later and IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0X) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter

PCIe Gen2 short x8 adapter which provides two 10G-BaseT ports. The ports are RJ45. The ports default to auto negotiate the highest speed either 10Gb (10GBaseT), 1Gb (1000BaseT) or 100Mb (100BaseT) full duplex. Each RJ45 port's configuration is independent of the other. The adapter supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic.

The RJ45 ports use 4-pair CAT-6A cabling for distances of up to 100 meters or CAT-6 cabling for distances up to 37 meters. CAT5 cabling is not tested and is not supported.

#EN0W and #EN0X are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 2CC4. #EN0W has a full high tail stock and #EN0X has a low profile tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IEEE 802.3an (10GBASE-T), IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T GbE), IEEEu (100BASE-T), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses / promiscuous mode (for PowerVM/VIOS) per interface
  • Message Signalling Interrupt (MSI-X, MSI) support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO)
  • RSS (Receive Side Scaling) support for IPv4, IPv6 and UDP.
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i, and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the the adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Two 10G-BaseT ports
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - low profile
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later and IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN0Y) - PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter

PCIe Gen2 8 Gigabit quad port Fibre Channel Adapter is a low profile, high-performance 8x short form Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fiber link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. CCIN is EN0Y. This adapter based on the QLogic QLE2564 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA).

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch. Direct device attachment has not been tested and is not supported.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  

A Gen2, or later PCIe slot is required to provide the bandwidth for all four ports to operate at full speed. Use in Gen1 slots has not been tested and is not supported.

The EN12 and EN0Y adapters are electronically and functionally identical. Feature EN12 indicates a full high tailstock bracket. Feature EN0Y indicates a low profile tailstock bracket.

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 4-port 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe Gen2, or later slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later and IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later supported only with VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS supported.

(#EN12) - PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter

PCIe Gen2 8 Gigabit quad port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fiber link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports have LC type connectors and use shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. This adapter based on the QLogic QLE2564 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA).

  • The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch. Direct device attachment has not been tested and is not supported.
  • N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.
  • Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:
    • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
    • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
    • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth
  • Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.
  • The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.
    Cable   2.125 Gbps   4.25 Gbps   8.5 Gbps  
    ------ ------------ ----------- ---------- 
    OM3    .5m - 500m   .5m - 380m  .5m - 150m 
    OM2    .5m - 300m   .5m - 150m  .5m - 50m  
    OM1    .5m - 150m   .5m - 70m   .5m - 21m  
    
  • The EN12 and EN0Y adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of EN0Y. # EN12 indicates a full high tailstock bracket. #EN0Y indicates a low profile tailstock bracket.
  • Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
  • Attributes provided: 4-port 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
  • Attributes required: Available PCIe Gen3 slot in #EMX0 Expansion Drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 6.7, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7.1, big endian, for Power, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7.1, little endian, for Power, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN13) - PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter

The #EN13 is a full high PCIe adapter which provides 1 RVX port for Bisync capability. This RVX port is labeled "Port 1". Its CCIN = 576C Bisync functionality identical to #2893 PCIe adapter is provided.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1 (RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable

Limitations

  • The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.
  • There is a second port on the card with an integrated modem, but Bisync is not supported on this port (labeled "Port 0").
  • Attributes provided: One full-high PCIe adapter with 1 port for Bisync communications
  • Attributes required: PCIe full high slot, external modem, cable for the modem.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Not withdrawn in Japan

(#EN14) - PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter CIM

The #EN14 is a full high PCIe adapter which provides 1 RVX port for Bisync capability. This RVX port is labeled "Port 1". Its CCIN = 576C Bisync functionality identical to #2894 PCIe adapter is provided.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1 (RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable

This feature supports CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) standards required in Australia and New Zealand.

Limitations

  • The #2894 does not support the remote ring indicate function.
  • There is a second port on the card with an integrated modem, but Bisync is not supported on this port (labeled "Port 0").
  • Attributes provided: One full-high PCIe adapter with 1 port for Bisync communications
  • Attributes required: PCIe full high slot, external modem, cable for the modem.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN15) - PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and also supports SR-IOV capability. The adapter provides four 10 Gb SR optical ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports. Enabling SR-IOV function requires an HMC.

The four 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include four optical SR transceivers. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fiber cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. p.#EN15 and #EN16 adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN15 has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN16 has a tail stock allowing it to fit in a Power E870/E880 or Power E870C/E880C system node PCIe slot. The CCIN is 2CE3 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four 10GbE ports
  • Attributes required: full high PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR10, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR2, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.03, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.3, or later

(#EN16) - PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and also supports SR-IOV capability. The adapter provides four 10 Gb SR optical ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports. Enabling SR-IOV function requires an HMC.

The four 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include four optical SR transceivers. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fiber cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

#EN15 and #EN16 adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN15 has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN16 has a tail stock allowing it to fit in a Power E870/E880 or Power E870C/E880C system node PCIe slot. The CCIN is 2CE3 for both features.

Limitation: The adapter is too tall to fit in 2U Power S812L, S822L, S822 system unit low profile PCIe slots.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four 10GbE ports
  • Attributes required: system node PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later
    • IBM i 7.1 TR10, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR2, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.03, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.3, or later

(#EN17) - PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and also supports SR-IOV capability. The adapter provides four 10GbE SFP+ ports into which copper twinax transceivers will be placed. It is a PCIe 8x short form adapter. SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports. Enabling SR-IOV function requires an HMC.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

#EN17 and #EN18 adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN17 has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN18 has a tail stock allowing it to fit in a Power E870/E880 or Power E870C/E880C system node PCIe slot. The CCIN is 2CE4 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four 10GbE ports
  • Attributes required: full high PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • IBM i 7.1 TR10, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR2, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.3, or later

(#EN18) - PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 supports Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and also supports SR-IOV capability. The adapter provides four 10GbE SFP+ ports into which copper twinax transceivers will be placed. It is a PCIe 8x short form adapter. SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports. Enabling SR-IOV function requires an HMC.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

#EN17 and #EN18 adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN17 has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN18 has a tail stock allowing it to fit in a Power E870/E880 or Power E870C/E880C system node PCIe slot. The CCIN is 2CE4 for both features. The CCIN is 2CE4 for both features.

Limitation: The adapter is too tall to fit in 2U Power S812L, S822L, S822 system unit low profile PCIe slots.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four 10GbE ports
  • Attributes required: system node PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and service pack 5 and APAR IV68443, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 and APAR IV68444, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and service Pack 7, or later (planned availability 9/30/2015)
    • IBM i 7.1 TR10, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR2, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.3.51, or later. VIOS supports NIC capability only.

(#EN27) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

Note #EN27 and # EN28 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile).

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable..
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9, or later and IBM i 7.2 TR1, or later
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements section for appropriate OS levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN28) - PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

Note #EN27 and #EN28 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PICe Slot used (full-high or low profile).

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable.
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN29) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

This adapter is functionally and electronically equivalent to #EN27 and is functionally equivalent to the earlier #5289 Async adapters.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable.
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - Not supported
    • IBM i 7.1, or later
    • IBM i 7.2, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Linux - Not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EP2S) - 1-Core Mobile Activation

1-Core Mobile Activation

  • Attributes provided: Activation Code Number
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EP2U) - 1-Core Mobile Activation from Power 7

1-Core Mobile Activation upgrade from Power 7

  • Attributes provided: Activation Code Number
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EP9T) - 90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement

90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement (#EP9T) feature can be ordered to enable your server for Capacity on Demand. You must sign an Elastic Capacity on Demand contract and the Sales Channel has to register the server before an MES order can be fulfilled for #EP9T. Feature code #EP9T provides access to Elastic CoD processor resources for 90 days. Access to these resources is measured in processor-days. For example, if there are 32-cores of inactive, CoD processors installed, this feature will enable using 2880 processor-days before disabling CoD access to the inactive CoD processors.

After usage of this feature has been exhausted, additional temporary usage of Elastic CoD processor resources may be activated by ordering another Elastic CoD enablement code #EP9T. Before ordering a fourth enablement code, after the system maximum of 4 has been reached, the current code must be RPO deleted from the configuration file with a MES RPO delete order.

Usage of Elastic CoD processors is billed by ordering either Elastic Proc. CoD Billing for 1 Proc-day. There is a different Elastic Billing feature code available for each processor feature installed in a 8412, 9117, 9119, 9179, 9080, and 8408 MT. The maximum Elastic proc-days billable on any one order is 4

  • Attributes provided: This feature provides access to Elastic inactive CoD processor resources for 90 days
  • Attributes required: Inactive CoD processor cores.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Customer is limited to select a quantity between 0 and 4 for this feature on a single MES order.

(#EPAA) - HVDC PDU - 90A 6xOutlet

Feature ships a high voltage dc (HVDC) Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with six customer-usable Rong Feng RF-203P outlets. Each outlet is rated at up to 10 amp and has its own circuit breaker. The PDU is most typically used for 380 volt configurations, but is rated for 240-380 volt. The PDU is rated for 90 amps. The PDU comes with a permanently attached 4.3 m (14 ft) line cord which is un-terminated (no plug) which must be directly wired into a HVDC power source.

The PDU can be either vertically mounted in rack side pockets or horizontally mounted. Using the feature #EBA5 mounting specify communicates to IBM manufacturing it should be horizontally mounted. If horizontally mounted, the PDU uses 1U rack space and makes accessing power cords much easier.

Use HVDC power cords ordered with the server or I/O drawer to plug into the PDU RF-203P outlets. See HVDC power cord features #EPAD or #EPAC.

If ordering this PDU with a 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 rack which is being shipped from IBM at the same time, see PDU feature #EPAF (HVDC PDU - 90A 6xOutlet Alternate Base).

Limitation:

  • Not supported in North America.
  • IBM Manufacturing does not factory integrate AC and DC PDUs in the same rack.
  • Customers mixing AC and DC in the same rack must carefully follow power wiring guidelines.
  • Attributes provided: HVDC PDU
  • Attributes required: HVDC power supplies and power cords on the server or I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPAC) - Auto Selected HVDC Power Cord

This feature ships a high voltage dc (HVDC) power cord which is 1.0M, 1.5M or 2.5M in length. The specific length will be selected by IBM Manufacturing when the system is being manufactured. Cord is connected to an HVDC PDU and to a HVDC power supply in a server or I/ O drawer. Cord has two Rong Feng RF-203P plugs, one at each end. Cord is 3 connector 1.3 mm2 gauge or 16 AWG and is rated for 10 amp and 192-400 volt dc Order one feature #EPAC for each HVDC power supply in the server or I/O drawer.

See feature #EPAD to specify a 2.5 meter (8 foot) HVDC cable and not have IBM Manufacturing select a length. There are no feature codes to specify a 1.0M or 1.5M cord.

  • Attributes provided: HVDC power cord
  • Attributes required: HVDC power supply
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPAD) - 2.5 Meter HVDC Power Cord

2.5 meter (8 foot) high voltage dc (HVDC) power cord. Cord is connected to an HVDC PDU and to a HVDC power supply in a server or I/ O drawer. Cord has two Rong Feng RF-203P plugs, one at each end. Cord is 3 conductor,1.3 mm2 gauge or 16 AWG and is rated for 10 amp and 192-400 volt dc For other length HVDC power cords, see feature #EPAC.

  • Attributes provided: HVDC power cord
  • Attributes required: HVDC power supply
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPBA) - 4.02 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor

Thirty two core 4.024 GHz POWER8 processor planar containing four eight-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 8 MB of L3 cache. There are 8 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 32 CDIMM slots per system node.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate four sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 8-core 4.024 GHz SCMs providing 32-core system node
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i 7.1 with 7.1.0 machine code RS710-S, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPBJ) - 1 core Processor Activation for #EPBA or #EPBW

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate one processor core on Processor Card #EPBA or #EPBW.

  • Attributes provided: One processor core activation for #EPBA or #EPBW
  • Attributes required: #EPBA or #EPBW with inactive processor cores
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EPBN) - 1 core Mobile Enabled Processor Activation for #EPBA or #EPBW

Static processor core activation which can be converted to a mobile activation at lower charge with a future MES conversion order.

Use this feature with an initial server order when mobile activations are not available. Once a server is established as part of a Power Enterprise Pool, additional mobile activations can be ordered directly without using this "two-step" order.

  • Attributes provided: Processor core activation
  • Attributes required: #EPBA or #EPBW processor core
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 56 (Initial order maximum: 56)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EPBW) - CBU for Power Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz, 32-core POWER8 processor

(for EMEA, No Longer Available as of May 23, 2017)

This feature provides thirty two core 4.02 GHz POWER8 processor planar containing four eight-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 8 MB of L3 cache. There are 8 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 32 CDIMM slots per system node for a Capacity Backup (CBU) system in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate four sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 8-core 4.02 GHz SCMs providing 32-core system node for a CBU Power Enterprise System
  • Attributes required: Feature code #EB3K
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • For IBM i, reference #EPBA on 9080-MME
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EPCS) - Power Enterprise IaaS offer indicator

This indicator must be selected when the client wishes to take advantage of the 8408-44E, 9080-MME, and 9080-MHE IBM Cloud Starter pack (free IaaS) offer. It will result in deferred revenue at a country level.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EPE0) - Static to Mobile Processor Auto Conversion

Feature is used to order automatic conversion of a static action to a mobile activation without IBM intervention. The term "static activations" also includes Mobile Enabled activations which are technically static. Firmware 840, or later is a pre-requisite. Use of this feature on servers with firmware 830 or earlier will require IBM intervention through the pcod@us.ibm.com

  • Attributes provided: Automated conversion
  • Attributes required: Firmware 840
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPJ6) - 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBA, AIX/Linux

Once an Elastic Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your Elastic CoD usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of Elastic Processor Core Day Billing features and bill you. One #EPJ6 should be ordered for each billable processor core day of feature #EPBA used by a supported AIX or Linux operating system.

  • Attributes provided: One processor core day billing for feature #EPBA (AIX or Linux)
  • Attributes required: At least one processor core on #EPBA that is not permanently active & Elastic CoD Processor Enablement.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supports AIX and Linux

(#EPJ7) - 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBA, IBM i

Once an Elastic Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your Elastic CoD usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of Elastic Processor Core Day Billing features and bill you. One #EPJ7 should be ordered for each billable processor core day of feature #EPBA used by a supported IBM i operating system.

  • Attributes provided: One processor core day billing for feature #EPBA (IBM i)
  • Attributes required: At least one processor core on #EPBA that is not permanently active & Elastic CoD Processor Enablement.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supports IBM i

(#EPJ8) - 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBA. AIX/Linux

After the Elastic Processor function is enabled in a system, you must report your Elastic CoD usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order on your behalf for the quantity of this feature that matches your reported use. One #EPJ8 provides 100 days of Elastic CoD processor billing for POWER8 CoD Processor Book #EPBA for AIX/Linux.

  • Attributes provided: Billing for 100 AIX/Linux Processor-Day usage of processor #EPBA.
  • Attributes required: At least one processor core on #EPBA that is not permanently active & Elastic CoD Processor Enablement.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supports AIX and Linux

(#EPJ9) - 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBA. IBM i

After the Elastic Processor function is enabled in a system, you must report your Elastic CoD usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order on your behalf for the quantity of this feature that matches your reported use. One #EPJ9 provides 100 days of Elastic CoD processor billing for POWER8 CoD Processor Book #EPBA for IBM i.

  • Attributes provided: Billing for 100 IBM i Processor-Day usage of processor # EPBA.
  • Attributes required: At least one processor core on #EPBA that is not permanently active & Elastic CoD Processor Enablement.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supports IBM i

(#EPJA) - Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBA, AIX/Linux

Provides payment for temporary use of processor feature #EPBA with supported AIX or Linux operating systems. Each occurrence of this feature will pay for 100 minutes of usage. The purchase of this feature occurs after the customer has 100 minutes of use on processor cores in the shared processor pool that are not permanently active.

  • Attributes provided: Payment for Utility CoD use of processor #EPBA (AIX or Linux)
  • Attributes required: At least one processor core on #EPBA that is not permanently active & Elastic CoD Processor Enablement.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supports AIX and Linux

(#EPJB) - Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBA, IBM i

Provides payment for temporary use of processor feature #EPBA with supported IBM i operating systems. Each occurrence of this feature will pay for 100 minutes of usage. The purchase of this feature occurs after the customer has 100 minutes of use on processor cores in the shared processor pool that are not permanently active.

  • Attributes provided: Payment for Utility CoD use of processor #EPBA (IBM i)
  • Attributes required: At least one processor core on #EPBA that is not permanently active & Elastic CoD Processor Enablement.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supports IBM i

(#EPTH) - Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware

This feature ships the hardware required to properly horizontally mount one #EPTG/EPTJ, #EPTK/EPTL, #EPTM/EPTN or #EPTP/EPTQ PDU in a 1U 19-inch rack. A 1U blank panel for the front of the rack for air-flow control is included.

Without this hardware, the PDU can be mounted vertically in the rack's side pockets, but can only be poorly mounted horizontally. The front end of the PDU will be firmly attached to the rear of the rack. But the front of the PDU will be unsupported toward the middle of the rack. Without this hardware, the unsupported end of the PDU will rest on the hardware mounted immediately below it. If that underlying hardware is removed from the rack there is no support for the PDU.

Important Note: This feature code is typically used for an MES order and not for an original order of a new rack with #EPTn PDUs. As part of factory integration, IBM Manufacturing automatically adds this hardware without a feature code and at no additional charge when its #EPTn PDU placement logic calls for horizontally mounted PDUs. Use this feature code when (1) converting an existing vertically mounted #EPTn PDU to horizontal mounting or (2) separately ordering a #EPTn PDU for horizontal field installation.

  • Attributes provided: mounting hardware
  • Attributes required: High Function PDU (#EPT*) and space in 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPTJ) - High Function 9xC19 PDU

Switched, Monitoring

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with nine C19 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the nine C19 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Depending on country wiring standards the PDU is single-phase or three-phase wye. See three-phase #EPTK/EPTL for countries which do not use wye wiring.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One country-specific wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to a UTG524-7 connector on the front of the PDU. Supported line cords include features #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, #6658, and #6667.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

There are also three C13 receptacles on the rear of the PDU positioned toward the middle of the rack. These are generally not easily accessed and therefore IBM does not generally recommend their use.

#EPTG and #EPTJ are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #EPTG can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #7189 PDU

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Nine C19 PDU - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: PDU wall line cord & space in 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPTL) - High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase

Switched, Monitoring

This is an intelligent, switched 208 volt 3-phase AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with nine C19 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the nine C19 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One wall line cord is provided with the PDU (no separate feature code) and has a IEC60309 60A plug (3P+G). The PDU supports up to 48 amps.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

There are also three C13 receptacles on the rear of the PDU positioned toward the middle of the rack. These are generally not easily accessed and therefore IBM does not generally recommend their use.

#EPTK and #EPTL are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #EPTK can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #7196 PDU

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Nine C19 PDU - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: space in rack, 3-phase 208V AC delta electrical service
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPTN) - High Function 12xC13 PDU

Switched, Monitoring

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with twelve C13 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the twelve C13 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Depending on country wiring standards the PDU is single-phase or three-phase wye. See three-phase #EPTK/EPTL for countries which do not use wye wiring.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C14 plug connect to C13 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One country-specific wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to a UTG524-7 connector on the front of the PDU. Supported line cords include features #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, #6658, and #6667.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

#EPTM and #EPTN are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #EPTM can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #7109 PDU

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 PDU - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: PDU wall line cord & space in 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EPTQ) - High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase

Switched, Monitoring

This is an intelligent, switched 208 volt 3-phase AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with twelve C13 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the twelve C13 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C14 plug connect to C13 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One wall line cord is provided with the PDU (no separate feature code) and has a IEC60309 60A plug (3P+G). The PDU supports up to 48 amps.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

#EPTP and #EPTQ are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #EPTP can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #7196 PDU, but offers C13 receptacles

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 PDU - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: space in rack, 3-phase 208V AC delta electrical service
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ02) - Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This feature provides 150 cables of feature 3452 which is a 6 meter SAS cable that connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887/EL1S EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ03) - Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This feature provides 150 10 meter SAS cables that connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887/EL1S EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0C) - Quantity of 150 #ES0C

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES0C disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0C
  • Attributes required: See Feature ES0C
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0D) - Quantity of 150 #ES0D

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES0D disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0D
  • Attributes required: See feature ES0D
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0G) - Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES0G disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0G
  • Attributes required: See Feature ES0G
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0H) - Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES0H disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0H
  • Attributes required: See feature ES0H
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0Q) - Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ES0Q SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0Q
  • Attributes required: See #ES0Q
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0R) - Quantity 150 of #ES0R 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ES0R SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0R
  • Attributes required: See #ES0R
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0S) - Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ES0S SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0S
  • Attributes required: See #ES0S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ0T) - Quantity 150 of #ES0T 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ES0T SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES0T
  • Attributes required: See #ES0T
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ19) - Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES19 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES19
  • Attributes required: See Feature ES19
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ1A) - Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES1A disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ES1A
  • Attributes required: See feature ES1A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ38) - Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1738 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1738
  • Attributes required: see feature #1738
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ52) - Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1752 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1752
  • Attributes required: see feature #1752
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ62) - Quantity 150 of #ES62 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES62 drives. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single drive feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: 150 enterprise nearline drives
  • Attributes required: 150 open LFF (3.5-inch) bays in EXP12SX Storage Enclosure
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ64) - Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES64 drives. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single drive feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: 150 enterprise nearline drives
  • Attributes required: 150 open LFF (3.5-inch) bays in EXP12SX Storage Enclosure
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ78) - Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES78 solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES78
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES78
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ79) - Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES79 solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES79
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES79
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ7E) - Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES7E solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES7E
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES7E
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ7F) - Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES7F solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES7F
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES7F
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ80) - Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

(No longer available as of January 23, 2018.)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES80 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: see feature #ES80
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
    • See #ES80 for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ81) - Quantity 150 of ES81 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

(No longer available as of January 23, 2018.)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES81 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: see feature #ES81
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to #ES81
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ85) - Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES85 solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES85
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES85
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ86) - Quantity 150 of #ES86 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES86 solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES86
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES86
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ8C) - Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES8C solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES8C
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES8C
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ8D) - Quantity 150 of #ES8D 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES8D solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES8D
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES8D
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ8F) - Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES8F solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES8F
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES8F
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ8G) - Quantity 150 of #ES8G 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES8G solid state drives (SSDs). The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Ships 150 SSDs
  • Attributes required: See feat #ES8G
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES8G
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ8Y) - Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES8Y SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ES8Y
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ES8Y
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ8Z) - Quantity 150 of ES8Z 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES8Z SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ES8Z
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ES8Z
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ96) - Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES96 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ES96
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ES96
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQ97) - Quantity 150 of ES97 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES97 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ES97
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ES97
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQD2) - Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESD2 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature #ESD2
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQD3) - Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESD3 1.2TB SAS 10K SFF-2 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESD3
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQDN) - Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM i)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ESDN drive. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk drive feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #ESDN
  • Attributes required: See #ESDN
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQDP) - Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/LINUX)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ESDP drive. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk drive feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #ESDP
  • Attributes required: See #ESDP
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQE7) - Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESE7 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESE7
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ESE7
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQE8) - Quantity 150 of ESE8 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESE8 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESE8
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ESE8
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQEU) - Quantity 150 of #ESEU (571GB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESEU 571GB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESEU
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESEU
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQEV) - Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESEV, 600GB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2 Disk, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESEV
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level + SP 4
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level + SP 4
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQEY) - Quantity 150 of #ESEY (283 GB SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ESEY disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #ESEY
  • Attributes required: See #ESEY
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQEZ) - Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESEZ disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity of 150 #ESEZ
  • Attributes required: See #ESEZ
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQF2) - Quantity 150 of #ESF2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESF2 1.14TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESF2
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESF2
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQF3) - Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESF3, 1.2TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2 Disk, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESF3
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level + SP 4
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level + SP 4
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQFN) - Quantity 150 of #ESFN (571GB SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity 150 of #ESFN disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #ESFN
  • Attributes required: See #ESFN
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQFP) - Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)

his feature ships a quantity 150 of #ESFP disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #ESFP
  • Attributes required: See #ESFP
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQFS) - Quantity 150 of #ESFS (1.7TB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESFS 1.71TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESFS
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: IBM i 7.2, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQFT) - Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESFT 1.8TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESFT
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level + SP 4
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level + SP 4
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, big endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 14.04.3, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQG5) - Quantity 150 of #ESG5 (387GB SAS 5xx)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESG5 387 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESG5
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQG6) - Quantity 150 of #ESG6 (387GB SAS 5xx)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESG6 387GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESG6
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGB) - Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGB 387 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGB
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGC) - Quantity 150 of #ESGC (387GB SAS 4k)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGC 387 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGC
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGF) - Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGF 775 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGF
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGG) - Quantity 150 of #ESGG (775GB SAS 5xx)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGG 775 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGG
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGK) - Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGK 775 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGK
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGL) - Quantity 150 of #ESGL (775GB SAS 4k)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGL 775 GB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGL
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGP) - Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGP 1.55 TB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGP
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EQGQ) - Quantity 150 of #ESGQ (1.55TB SAS 4k)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESGQ 1.55 TB, units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature#ESGQ
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ER05) - 42U Slim Rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The 600mm wide rack fits within a data center's 24" floor tiles and provides better thermal and cable management capabilities. The ER05 rack does not come equipped with a standard front door, rear door or side covers. The following features are required on the #ER05:

  • #EC01 front door
  • #EC02 rear door or #EC15 Rear Door Heat Exchanger (RDHX) indicator

The following optional features are offered on the ER05 rack.

  • EC03 - Rack Side Cover Kit. Note: If EC15 (rear door heat exchanger) is ordered with ER05 then EC03 is required.
  • EC04 - Rack Suite attachment Kit

Power Distribution Units (PDU) on the rack are optional. Each PDU consumes one of six vertical mounting bays and every vertically mounted PDU requires #ELC0. Each PDU beyond six will consume 1U of rack space.

  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #EC01 front door, #EC02 rear door or #EC05 #EC15 RDHX indicator
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ER16) - Indicator, reserve 5 EIA rack space

Virtual enclosure indicator to reserve 5U adjacent rack space for system node.

  • Attributes provided: Reserve 5U rack space for system node.
  • Attributes required: 5U of rack space
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ER1A) - Specify Reserve 4 EIA Rack Space for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

Virtual enclosure indicator to reserve 4U adjacent rack space for I/O expansion drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Reserve 4U rack space for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: 4U rack space adjacent to installed I/O expansion drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ER21) - Field Integration of Rack and Server

Clients who don't want the 7014-T42 providing 42U of space (#0553) rack can remove it from the order. IBM Manufacturing will test the server in a 7014-T42 rack then remove the server from the rack and ship the server in separate packages without a rack for field integration.

  • Attributes provided: Customer provided rack.
  • Attributes required: IBM manufacturing testing and then shipment of server without a rack.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ERF1) - RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and HMCs

The specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, compute node, or chassis enclosure. This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7953-94X or 7014-T42, not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTM servers, racks, HMCs, compute nodes, and chassis enclosures, not MES orders with one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC or POWER6 CECs being upgraded to a POWER 7 CEC can order this feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.

  • Attributes provided: RFIDs
  • Attributes required: Server CEC, Compute Node, Chassis, MTM Rack, or HMC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ERG0) - Rear rack extension

Extends the rear of a 2.0M enterprise rack (#0553) eight inches or 20.3 cm. The extra depth provides extra space for cable management helping to keep the center of the rack more open for airflow and access to the rear of the equipment mounted in the rack. This rear extension does not increase or decrease the rack's 42 EIA (42U) vertical size. The extension does increase the floor footprint.

  • Attributes provided: Adds eight inches or 20.3 cm to the rear of a 2.0M rack.
  • Attributes required: 42U 2m enterprise rack such as #0553
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERG7) - Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#ERG7 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 & 7014-T42 19 inch, 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front door for the 7014-T42 and #0553 2M rack.
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERGB) - Acoustic Black Front Door

Acoustic front black door.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic door
  • Attributes required: 7014-T42 with one or more 9119-MHE/MME servers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERHJ) - Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESHJ SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESHJ
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: See feature ESHJ
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERHK) - Quantity 150 of #ESHK 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESHK SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESHK
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ESHK
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERHL) - Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESHL SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESHL
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERHM) - Quantity 150 of #ESHM 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESHM SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESHM
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ESHM
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERM8) - Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESM8 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESM8
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ESM8
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ERM9) - Quantity 150 of #ESM9 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #ESM9 SSD. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #ESM9
  • Attributes required: 150 SFF-2 SAS bays in EXP24S or EXP24SX drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required: see feature ESM9
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0C) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9..

ES0C and ES0D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0D indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte formatting
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0D) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9.

ES0C and ES0D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0D indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte formatting
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0G) - 775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is TBD.

ES0G and ES0H are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0G indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0H indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 775GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0H) - 775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is TBD.

ES0G and ES0H are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0G indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0H indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 775GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0Q) - 387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 3875GB capacity formatted with 4K byte sectors (4224 bytes). The drive is supported in Gen2 SAS bays (SFF-2) provided in an EXP24S drawer (#5887).

#ES0Q (for AIX/LInux/VIOS) and #ES0R (for IBM i) are identica and have the same CCINl, but have different feature numbers to help IBM configuration tools understand their planned usage.

Limitations: This drive Cannot be placed in the same array with a drive formatted with 528 byte sectors. Also JBOD mode (4096 byte sectors) is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: 4K byte formatted 387GB SFF Gen2 SSD eMLC
  • Attributes required: Available GEN2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0R) - 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 3875GB capacity formatted with 4K byte sectors (4224 bytes). The drive is supported in Gen2 SAS bays (SFF-2) provided in an EXP24S drawer (#5887).

#ES0Q (for AIX/LInux/VIOS) and #ES0R (for IBM i) are identical and have the same CCIN, but have different feature numbers to help IBM configuration tools understand their planned usage.

Limitations: This drive Cannot be placed in the same array with a drive formatted with 528 byte sectors. Also JBOD mode (4096 byte sectors) is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: 4K byte formatted 387GB SFF Gen2 SSD eMLC
  • Attributes required: One GEN2 SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0S) - 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 7755GB capacity formatted with 4K byte sectors (4224 bytes). The drive is supported in Gen2 SAS bays (SFF-2) provided in an EXP24S drawer (#5887).

#ES0S (for AIX/LInux/VIOS) and #ES0T (for IBM i) are identical and have the same CCIN, but have different feature numbers to help IBM configuration tools understand their planned usage.

Limitations: This drive cannot be placed in the same array with a drive formatted with 528 byte sectors. Also JBOD mode (4096 byte sectors) is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: 4K byte formatted 775GB SFF Gen2 SSD eMLC
  • Attributes required: Available SFF GEN2 bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES0T) - 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 7755GB capacity formatted with 4K byte sectors (4224 bytes). The drive is supported in Gen2 SAS bays (SFF-2) provided in an EXP24S drawer (#5887).

#ES0S (for AIX/LInux/VIOS) and #ES0T (for IBM i) are identical and have the same CCIN, but have different feature numbers to help IBM configuration tools understand their planned usage.

Limitations: This drive cannot be placed in the same array with a drive formatted with 528 byte sectors. Also JBOD mode (4096 byte sectors) is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: 4K byte formatted 775GB SFF Gen2 SSD eMLC
  • Attributes required: One GEN2 SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES19) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9.

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803/#EL36 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8.

#ES19 and #ES1A are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. #ES19 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #ES1A indicates usage by IBM i.

#ES19/ES1A and the earlier ES0C/ES0D are all 387GB SSD and can be mixed in the same array.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803/EL36 I/O drawers or in a system unit SFF-1 SAS bay due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES1A) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9.

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803/#EL36 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF-1 SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8.

#ES19 and #ES1A are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. #ES19 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #ES1A indicates usage by IBM i.

#ES19/ES1A and the earlier ES0C/ES0D are all 387GB SSD and can be mixed in the same array.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803/EL36 I/O drawers or in a system unit SFF-1 SAS bay due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES2C) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer.

ES2C and ES2D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES2C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES2D indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 and 7.1, or later supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This is for feature conversion only and is not orderable.

(#ES2D) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer.

ES2C and ES2D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES2C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES2D indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported

  • Attributes provided: 387GB SFF-2 SSD formatted with 528 byte sectors
  • Attributes required: One SFF-2 SAS bay in EXP24S drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR9 and 7.2 TR1, or later supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES62) - 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

3.86 TB 3.5-inch (Large Form Factor (LFF)) 7200 rpm SAS disk drive on Gen-1 carrier/tray. Supported in LFF-1 SAS bays such as found in EXP12SX Storage Enclosure. CCIN is 5B1D.

IBM Manufacturing ships the drive formatted with 4224 byte sectors for additional data integrity protection which results in 3.86 TB capacity. The drive can be reformatted to 4096 byte sectors by the client which which results in 4 TB capacity, but with less protection. NOTE: Reformatting large, 7200 rpm drives takes very significant time.

Limitation: Can not be in the same array as a 10k or 15k rpm drive

  • Attributes provided: One enterprise nearline drive.
  • Attributes required: One LFF (3.5-inch) bay in EXP12SX Storage Enclosure
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES64) - 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

7.72 TB 3.5-inch (Large Form Factor (LFF)) 7200 rpm SAS disk drive on Gen-1 carrier/tray. Supported in LFF-1 SAS bays such as found in EXP12SX Storage Enclosure. CCIN is 5B1F.

IBM Manufacturing ships the drive formatted with 4224 byte sectors for additional data integrity protection which results in 7.72 TB capacity. The drive can be reformatted to 4096 byte sectors by the client which which results in 8 TB capacity, but with less protection. NOTE: Reformatting large, 7200 rpm drives takes very significant time.

Limitation: Can not be in the same array as a 10k or 15k rpm drive.

  • Attributes provided: One enterprise nearline drive.
  • Attributes required: One LFF (3.5-inch) bay in EXP12SX Storage Enclosure
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES78) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 5xx (528) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B16

ES78 and ES79 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES78 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES79 indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887 EXP24S or #ESLS EXP24SX drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported. Note 4k and 5xx byte sector drives cannot be mixed in the same array. 4k drives can not be reformatted to 5xx drives (or vice versa).

  • Attributes provided: one 387GB SFF-2 5xx SSD.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported

    Linux OS levels (native or supported under PowerVM):

    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
    • Ubuntu Server

    Bare Metal and PowerKVM environments not supported on server

    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES79) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 5xx (528) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B16

  • ES78 and ES79 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES78 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES79 indicates usage by IBM i.
  • Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887/#EL1S EXP24S drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported. Note 4k and 5xx byte sector drives cannot be mixed in the same array. 4k drives cannot be reformatted to 5xx drives (or vice versa).
  • Attributes provided: one 387GB SFF-2 5xx SSD
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES7E) - 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 775 GB capacity formatted with 5xx (528) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B17

ES7E and ES7F are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES7E indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES7F indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887 EXP24S or #ESLS EXP24SX drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported. Note 4k and 5xx byte sector drives cannot be mixed in the same array. 4k drives can not be reformatted to 5xx drives (or vice versa).

  • Attributes provided: one 775GB SFF-2 5xx SSD.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported

    Linux OS levels (native or supported under PowerVM):

    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
    • Ubuntu Server

    Bare Metal and PowerKVM environments not supported on server

    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES7F) - 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 775 GB capacity formatted with 5xx (528) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B17

  • ES7E and ES7F are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES7E indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES7F indicates usage by IBM i.
  • Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887/#EL1S EXP24S drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported. Note 4k and 5xx byte sector drives cannot be mixed in the same array. 4k drives cannot be reformatted to 5xx drives (or vice versa).
  • Attributes provided: one 775GB SFF-2 5xx SSD
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES80) - 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux

(No longer available as of January 23, 2018.)

1.9 TB SAS 2.5-inch (SFF) read intensive solid state drive (SSD) formatted in 4224 byte sectors (4k). The drive is mounted on a 2.5-inch SFF-2 carrier/tray to fit an expansion drawer such as the EXP24S. Drive is rated at 6Gb/s though actual performance is dependent upon multiple factors. CCIN is 5B21. Actual capacity is 1.86 TB but is rounded up for convenience.

Drive is designed for read intensive workloads with light write activity. Approximately 3,394 TB of data can be written over the life of the drive, but depending on the nature of the workload may be somewhat larger. After the warranty period, if the maximum write capability is achieved, the drive's replacement is not covered under IBM maintenance.

#ES80 and #ES81 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. #ES80 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #ES81 indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitations: The drive is mounted on a SFF-2 carrier/tray and does not physically fit into a POWER8 system unit's SFF-3 bays. JBOD formatting of 4096 byte sectors is not tested or supported. Drive can not be reformatted to 5xx byte sectors. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array. Older SAS adapters such as PCIe2 or earlier do not support 4k drives.

  • Attributes provided: 1.9 TB Read Intensive SSD
  • Attributes required: Open SFF-2 SAS bay in an EXP24S controlled by PCIe Gen3 PCIe SAS adapter, or later.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 2
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2
    • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 (planned availability September 8, 2016)
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later
    • SUSE Enterprise Linux 11, Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Enterprise Linux 12, Service Pack 1, or later
    • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later

    Note: Please install the latest iprutils software available in the IBM Power Tool Repository:

    http://www14.software.ibm.com/support/customercare/sa s/f/lopdiags/home.html

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: AIX - Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.4.2, or later.

(#ES81) - 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i

(No longer available as of January 23, 2018.)

1.9 TB SAS 2.5-inch (SFF) read intensive solid state drive (SSD) formatted in 4224 byte sectors (4k). The drive is mounted on a 2.5-inch SFF-2 carrier/tray to fit an expansion drawer such as the EXP24S. Drive is rated at 6Gb/s though actual performance is dependent upon multiple factors. CCIN is 5B21. Actual capacity is 1.86 TB but is rounded up for convenience.

Drive is designed for read intensive workloads with light write activity. Approximately 3,394 TB of data can be written over the life of the drive, but depending on the nature of the workload may be somewhat larger. After the warranty period, if the maximum write capability is achieved, the drive's replacement is not covered under IBM maintenance.

#ES80 and #ES81 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. #ES80 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #ES81 indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitations: The drive is mounted on a SFF-2 carrier/tray and does not physically fit into a POWER8 system unit's SFF-3 bays. JBOD formatting of 4096 byte sectors is not tested or supported. Drive can not be reformatted to 5xx byte sectors. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array. Older SAS adapters such as PCIe2 or earlier do not support 4k drives.

  • Attributes provided: 1.9 TB Read Intensive SSD
  • Attributes required: Open SFF-2 SAS bay in an EXP24S controlled by PCIe Gen3 PCIe SAS adapter, or later.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES85) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 4k (4224) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B10

  • ES85 and ES86 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES85 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES86 indicates usage by IBM i.
  • Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887/#EL1S EXP24S drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 4096 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported. Note 4k and 5xx byte sector drives cannot be mixed in the same array. 4k drives cannot be reformatted to 5xx drives (or vice versa).
  • Attributes provided: one 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level, or later

    Linux OS levels (native or supported under PowerVM):

    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
    • Ubuntu Server

    Bare Metal and PowerKVM environments not supported on server

    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: attachment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.3.3, or later, VIOS 2.2.4.0 or later

(#ES86) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 4k (4224) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B10

  • ES85 and ES86 are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES85 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES86 indicates usage by IBM i.
  • Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887/#EL1S EXP24S drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 4096 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported. Note 4k and 5xx byte sector drives cannot be mixed in the same array. 4k drives cannot be reformatted to 5xx drives (or vice versa).
  • Attributes provided: one 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ES8C) - 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux

This SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 775 GB capacity formatted with 4k (4224) byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays. CCIN is 5B11

  • ES8C and ES8D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES8C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES8D indicates usage by IBM i.
  • Limitation: Due to physical differences in the carrier/tray on which the drive is mounted, the SSD only fits in #5887/#EL1S EXP24S drawers (SFF-2). It does not fit in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers (SFF-1) or in POWER7 system units (SFF-1) or POWER8 system units (SFF-3) SAS bays. Also the drive was not tested with 4096 byte sectors a